Esercizi di Inglese - The Road to the English Grammar

Filtri

Azzera filtri
Livello A2 Numeri cardinali
Abbina i numeri scritti in lettere al corrispondente in cifre.
  1. one hundred and ten
    ......................................
  2. three thousand, seven hundred and thirty-five
    ......................................
  3. nought point twenty-eight
    ......................................
  4. two thousand and six
    ​​​​​​​......................................
  5. fourteen point five
    ​​​​​​​......................................
  6. five million, nine hundred thousand, six hundred and ninety-two
    ​​​​​​​......................................
  7. sixty-seven
    ​​​​​​​......................................
  8. two hundred and twelve
    ​​​​​​​......................................

 

a. 14.5

b. 212

c. 2006

d. 0.28

e. 110

f. 67

g. 5,900,692

h. 3735

  1. one hundred and ten
    ......................................
  2. three thousand, seven hundred and thirty-five
    ......................................
  3. nought point twenty-eight
    ......................................
  4. two thousand and six
    ​​​​​​​......................................
  5. fourteen point five
    ​​​​​​​......................................
  6. five million, nine hundred thousand, six hundred and ninety-two
    ​​​​​​​......................................
  7. sixty-seven
    ​​​​​​​......................................
  8. two hundred and twelve
    ​​​​​​​......................................

 

a. 14.5

b. 212

c. 2006

d. 0.28

e. 110

f. 67

g. 5,900,692

h. 3735

Soluzioni
  1. e. 110
  2. h. 3735
  3. d. 0.28
  4. c. 2006
  5. a. 14.5
  6. g. 5,900,692
  7. f. 67
  8. b. 212
Livello A2-B1 To have come non ausiliare

Abbina le domande alle risposte.

  1. I don’t have freetime until the weekend.
  2. At 5 o’clock in the afternoon.
  3. I’m sorry, we only have some for next week.
  4. Yes, I have a younger sister.
  5. Yes, here you are.
  6. No, but I’m collecting them tomorrow.
  7. Yes, she’s got a cat.
  8. Because she’s on a diet.

 

1. Do you have an aspirin? (e)

2. Doesn’t Mary have a pet? (........)

3. Do you have any brothers or sisters? (........)

4. Why doesn’t your sister eat cakes? (........)

5. When do you have freetime during the day? (........) 

6. Do you have your tickets for the concert? (........)

7. What time do you have the meeting? (........) 

8. Do you have any single rooms for tonight? (........) 

  1. I don’t have freetime until the weekend.
  2. At 5 o’clock in the afternoon.
  3. I’m sorry, we only have some for next week.
  4. Yes, I have a younger sister.
  5. Yes, here you are.
  6. No, but I’m collecting them tomorrow.
  7. Yes, she’s got a cat.
  8. Because she’s on a diet.

 

1. Do you have an aspirin? (e)

2. Doesn’t Mary have a pet? (........)

3. Do you have any brothers or sisters? (........)

4. Why doesn’t your sister eat cakes? (........)

5. When do you have freetime during the day? (........) 

6. Do you have your tickets for the concert? (........)

7. What time do you have the meeting? (........) 

8. Do you have any single rooms for tonight? (........) 

Soluzioni

1. Do you have an aspirin? (e)
2. Doesn’t Mary have a pet? (g)
3. Do you have any brothers or sisters? (d)
4. Why doesn’t your sister eat cakes? (h)
5. When do you have freetime during the day? (a)
6. Do you have your tickets for the concert? (f)
7. What time do you have the meeting? (b)
8. Do you have any single rooms for tonight? (c)

Livello A2 I dimostrativi: this, that, these, those

Abbina le domande alle risposte. L'esercizio è già avviato.

  1. What’s this? 
  2. Are those your new trousers?
  3. Are these jeans black or blue?
  4. Are these your American friends?
  5. Is this dress wool or silk?
  6. What are those?
  7. Is that the new video by Madonna?
  8. Is this your new umbrella?

 

  1. Those are Chinese masks. ...........
  2. They’re black. ...........
  3. This is my new smartwatch. ...........
  4. Yes, it is. 8
  5. No, that is one of her old videos. ...........
  6. No, they are my Irish friends. ...........
  7. Yes, they are. ...........
  8. It’s wool, madam. ...........
  1. What’s this? 
  2. Are those your new trousers?
  3. Are these jeans black or blue?
  4. Are these your American friends?
  5. Is this dress wool or silk?
  6. What are those?
  7. Is that the new video by Madonna?
  8. Is this your new umbrella?

 

  1. Those are Chinese masks. ...........
  2. They’re black. ...........
  3. This is my new smartwatch. ...........
  4. Yes, it is. 8
  5. No, that is one of her old videos. ...........
  6. No, they are my Irish friends. ...........
  7. Yes, they are. ...........
  8. It’s wool, madam. ...........
Soluzioni
  1. Those are Chinese masks. 6
  2. They’re black. 3
  3. This is my new smartwatch. 1
  4. Yes, it is. 8
  5. No, that is one of her old videos. 7
  6. No, they are my Irish friends. 4
  7. Yes, they are. 2
  8. It’s wool, madam. 5
Livello A2-B1 Pronomi possessivi

Abbina le espressioni del gruppo A a quelle del gruppo B.

  1. Yours is still in the car.
  2. Hers is on the armchair.
  3. but my sister can’t find hers.
  4. This one isn’t mine.
  5. Theirs is blue and very big.
  6. ours is black.
  1. This is not my parents’ car. Theirs is blue and very big.
  2. I’ve got my ticket, ...........................................................................................................................................
  3. That’s not our dog, ...........................................................................................................................................
  4. Where is my umbrella? ...................................................................................................................................
  5. This isn’t her smartphone. ..............................................................................................................................
  6. I don’t think this is your luggage. .....................................................................................................................
  1. Yours is still in the car.
  2. Hers is on the armchair.
  3. but my sister can’t find hers.
  4. This one isn’t mine.
  5. Theirs is blue and very big.
  6. ours is black.
  1. This is not my parents’ car. Theirs is blue and very big.
  2. I’ve got my ticket, ...........................................................................................................................................
  3. That’s not our dog, ...........................................................................................................................................
  4. Where is my umbrella? ...................................................................................................................................
  5. This isn’t her smartphone. ..............................................................................................................................
  6. I don’t think this is your luggage. .....................................................................................................................
Soluzioni
  1. This is not my parents’ car. Theirs is blue and very big.
  2. I’ve got my ticket, but my sister can’t find hers.
  3. That’s not our dog, ours is black.
  4. Where is my umbrella? This one isn’t mine.
  5. This isn’t her smartphone. Hers is on the armchair.
  6. I don’t think this is your luggage. Yours is still in the car.
Livello A2 Aggettivi qualificativi

Abbina le espressioni per formare frasi di senso compiuto.

  1. brown hair and green eyes.
  2. exercise. Can you help me?
  3. temperature today.
  4. boy, but he is lazy.
  5. in our dining room.
  6. soft and warm.

 

  1. He is a good-looking boy, but he is lazy.
  2. Mary is a slim girl with .....................................................................................
  3. There is a pleasant warm .....................................................................................
  4. My new jacket is .....................................................................................
  5. This is a difficult .....................................................................................
  6. We’ve got a big round table .....................................................................................
  1. brown hair and green eyes.
  2. exercise. Can you help me?
  3. temperature today.
  4. boy, but he is lazy.
  5. in our dining room.
  6. soft and warm.

 

  1. He is a good-looking boy, but he is lazy.
  2. Mary is a slim girl with .....................................................................................
  3. There is a pleasant warm .....................................................................................
  4. My new jacket is .....................................................................................
  5. This is a difficult .....................................................................................
  6. We’ve got a big round table .....................................................................................
Soluzioni
  1. He is a good-looking boy, but he is lazy.
  2. Mary is a slim girl with brown hair and green eyes.
  3. There is a pleasant warm temperature today.
  4. My new jacket is soft and warm.
  5. This is a difficult exercise. Can you help me?
  6. We’ve got a big round table in our dining room.
Livello A2-B1 Present continuous VS Present simple

Abbina le frasi del gruppo A a quelle del gruppo B.

Gruppo A

  1. Hurry up. We are all
  2. We are going to the pub this
  3. What time is your
  4. Mary is not at home at the moment.
  5. We don’t like the seaside. We usually go
  6. It’s raining at the moment, so the children

Gruppo B

  1. She is spending the weekend in London.
  2. evening. Are you coming with us?
  3. are playing indoors.
  4. train arriving tomorrow morning?
  5. waiting for you!
  6. to the mountains for our holidays.

 

  1. Hurry up. We are all waiting for you!
  2. ....................................................................................................................................
  3. ....................................................................................................................................
  4. ....................................................................................................................................
  5. ....................................................................................................................................
  6. ....................................................................................................................................

Gruppo A

  1. Hurry up. We are all
  2. We are going to the pub this
  3. What time is your
  4. Mary is not at home at the moment.
  5. We don’t like the seaside. We usually go
  6. It’s raining at the moment, so the children

Gruppo B

  1. She is spending the weekend in London.
  2. evening. Are you coming with us?
  3. are playing indoors.
  4. train arriving tomorrow morning?
  5. waiting for you!
  6. to the mountains for our holidays.

 

  1. Hurry up. We are all waiting for you!
  2. ....................................................................................................................................
  3. ....................................................................................................................................
  4. ....................................................................................................................................
  5. ....................................................................................................................................
  6. ....................................................................................................................................
Soluzioni
  1. Hurry up. We are all waiting for you!
  2. We are going to the pub this evening. Are you coming with us?
  3. What time is your train arriving tomorrow morning?
  4. Mary is not at home at the moment. She is spending the weekend in London.
  5. We don’t like the seaside. We usually go to the mountains for our holidays.
  6. It’s raining at the moment, so the children are playing indoors.
Livello A2-B1 To have: usi particolari

Abbina le frasi.

  1. “Yes, I am. Let’s have a snack.”
  2. We are having a meal out.
  3. I think it’s time for you to have a break.
  4. “Yes. You can have a look at them if you like.”
  5. Can I have a taste?
  6. Please come in and have a seat.
  7. “Why don’t you have a herbal tea?”
  8. Can you have a go at opening it, please?

 

  1. “Are those your wedding photos?” (d)
  2. I can’t open this tin. (.......)
  3. “Are you hungry?” (.......)
  4. “I’m feeling terrible after that big meal.” (.......)
  5. You are working day and night and look tired. (.......)
  6. That ice cream looks delicious. (.......)
  7. The doctor is coming in a minute. (.......)
  8. I’ve got a date with my new boyfriend. (.......)
  1. “Yes, I am. Let’s have a snack.”
  2. We are having a meal out.
  3. I think it’s time for you to have a break.
  4. “Yes. You can have a look at them if you like.”
  5. Can I have a taste?
  6. Please come in and have a seat.
  7. “Why don’t you have a herbal tea?”
  8. Can you have a go at opening it, please?

 

  1. “Are those your wedding photos?” (d)
  2. I can’t open this tin. (.......)
  3. “Are you hungry?” (.......)
  4. “I’m feeling terrible after that big meal.” (.......)
  5. You are working day and night and look tired. (.......)
  6. That ice cream looks delicious. (.......)
  7. The doctor is coming in a minute. (.......)
  8. I’ve got a date with my new boyfriend. (.......)
Soluzioni
  1. “Are those your wedding photos?” (d)
  2. I can’t open this tin. (h)
  3. “Are you hungry?” (a)
  4. “I’m feeling terrible after that big meal.” (g)
  5. You are working day and night and look tired. (c)
  6. That ice cream looks delicious. (e)
  7. The doctor is coming in a minute. (f)
  8. I’ve got a date with my new boyfriend. (b)
Livello A2-B1 Present continuous VS Present simple
Abbina le funzioni alle frasi della conversazione.

1. Un’azione in corso di svolgimento

2. Un programma futuro di Maggie

3. Un programma futuro di Brian

4. Un’abitudine di Maggie

5. Un’abitudine di Brian

 

a. I’m going to a boxing match.

b. I always go to Tai Chi.

c. I’m meeting Tomoko at the pub.

d. I often play tennis.

e. I’m preparing dinner.

 

  1. ➔ ................
  2. ➔ ................
  3. ➔ ................
  4. ➔ ................
  5. ➔ ................

1. Un’azione in corso di svolgimento

2. Un programma futuro di Maggie

3. Un programma futuro di Brian

4. Un’abitudine di Maggie

5. Un’abitudine di Brian

 

a. I’m going to a boxing match.

b. I always go to Tai Chi.

c. I’m meeting Tomoko at the pub.

d. I often play tennis.

e. I’m preparing dinner.

 

  1. ➔ ................
  2. ➔ ................
  3. ➔ ................
  4. ➔ ................
  5. ➔ ................
Soluzioni

1e; 2c; 3a; 4b; 5d

Livello A2-B1 Pronomi riflessivi e reciproci

Abbina le parti 1-8 con quelle a-h per formare frasi complete. L'esercizio è avviato.

  1. She looks at herself (e)
  2. He is always taking photos (.........)
  3. I’m teaching myself (.........) 
  4. I practise my English by (.........)
  5. They want to do their homework by (.........)
  6. The front door sometimes (.........)
  7. Please help yourselves (.........)
  8. She doesn’t like (.........)

 

  1. of himself with his new smartphone.
  2. herself with her hair so short.
  3. talking with my English friends.
  4. themselves and not with their parents.
  5. in the mirror all the time.
  6. if you want some more cake.
  7. closes by itself.
  8. how to play chess.
  1. She looks at herself (e)
  2. He is always taking photos (.........)
  3. I’m teaching myself (.........) 
  4. I practise my English by (.........)
  5. They want to do their homework by (.........)
  6. The front door sometimes (.........)
  7. Please help yourselves (.........)
  8. She doesn’t like (.........)

 

  1. of himself with his new smartphone.
  2. herself with her hair so short.
  3. talking with my English friends.
  4. themselves and not with their parents.
  5. in the mirror all the time.
  6. if you want some more cake.
  7. closes by itself.
  8. how to play chess.
Soluzioni
  1. She looks at herself (e)
  2. He is always taking photos (a)
  3. I’m teaching myself (h)
  4. I practise my English by (c)
  5. They want to do their homework by (d)
  6. The front door sometimes (g)
  7. Please help yourselves (f)
  8. She doesn’t like (b)
Livello A2 I dimostrativi: this, that, these, those

Abbina le parti 1-8 con quelle a-h. L'esercizio è già avviato.

  1. “This is my friend Sue.”
  2. Look at those birds
  3. “Are these your new glasses?”
  4. “Is that hotel nice?”
  5. “Are those your Spanish friends?”
  6. “Who is that man over there?”
  7. “Isn’t that your friend Erik?”
  8. “Oh, sorry, this is not my seat!”

 

  1. “Yes, they are.” ...........
  2. “He’s our new neighbour.” ...........
  3. “No, they’re my cousins.” ...........
  4. in the sky. ...........
  5. “Yes, That’s right.” ...........
  6. “Hi, Sue. Nice to meet you.” 1
  7. “That’s all right.” ...........
  8. "Yes. It isn’t expensive at all.” ...........
  1. “This is my friend Sue.”
  2. Look at those birds
  3. “Are these your new glasses?”
  4. “Is that hotel nice?”
  5. “Are those your Spanish friends?”
  6. “Who is that man over there?”
  7. “Isn’t that your friend Erik?”
  8. “Oh, sorry, this is not my seat!”

 

  1. “Yes, they are.” ...........
  2. “He’s our new neighbour.” ...........
  3. “No, they’re my cousins.” ...........
  4. in the sky. ...........
  5. “Yes, That’s right.” ...........
  6. “Hi, Sue. Nice to meet you.” 1
  7. “That’s all right.” ...........
  8. "Yes. It isn’t expensive at all.” ...........
Soluzioni
  1. “Yes, they are.” 3
  2. “He’s our new neighbour.” 6
  3. “No, they’re my cousins.” 5
  4. in the sky. 2
  5. “Yes, That’s right.” 7
  6. “Hi, Sue. Nice to meet you.” 1
  7. “That’s all right.” 8
  8. "Yes. It isn’t expensive at all.” 4
Livello A2-B1 Genitivo sassone

Abbina le parti dai tre elenchi A, B, C e forma frasi di senso compiuto con l’uso del genitivo sassone e del present simple di to be.

Esempio: The children’s bedroom is very untidy.

A

  • The children
  • Corsica
  • Today
  • My cat
  • Saint Mary
  • Men
  • This week

B

  • beaches
  • bedroom
  • tail
  • newspaper
  • church
  • TV programmes
  • suits

C

  • near my house.
  • expensive.
  • full of bad news.
  • crowded in summer.
  • very long.
  • very untidy.
  • boring.

 

  1. The children’s bedroom is very untidy.
  2. .................................................................................................................................................................
  3. .................................................................................................................................................................
  4. .................................................................................................................................................................
  5. .................................................................................................................................................................
  6. .................................................................................................................................................................
  7. .................................................................................................................................................................

Esempio: The children’s bedroom is very untidy.

A

  • The children
  • Corsica
  • Today
  • My cat
  • Saint Mary
  • Men
  • This week

B

  • beaches
  • bedroom
  • tail
  • newspaper
  • church
  • TV programmes
  • suits

C

  • near my house.
  • expensive.
  • full of bad news.
  • crowded in summer.
  • very long.
  • very untidy.
  • boring.

 

  1. The children’s bedroom is very untidy.
  2. .................................................................................................................................................................
  3. .................................................................................................................................................................
  4. .................................................................................................................................................................
  5. .................................................................................................................................................................
  6. .................................................................................................................................................................
  7. .................................................................................................................................................................
Soluzioni
  1. The children’s bedroom is very untidy.
  2. Corsica’s beaches are crowded in summer.
  3. Today’s newspaper is full of bad news.
  4. My cat’s tail is very long.
  5. Saint Mary’s church is near my house.
  6. Men’s suits are expensive.
  7. This week’s TV programmes are boring.
Livello A2-B1 Preposizioni di tempo: at, in, on

Abbina le parti dei due gruppi per formare frasi di senso compiuto.

Gruppo A

  1. I can’t sleep at ........................................................................
  2. Diana’s birthday is on ........................................................................
  3. At 9 a.m. ........................................................................
  4. Today Jane is going home ........................................................................
  5. Do you work on ........................................................................
  6. Where are you going ........................................................................
  7. We always go to work on ........................................................................
  8. In England it often ........................................................................

Gruppo B

  1. weekdays.
  2. I have a meeting.
  3. June 1st.
  4. night.
  5. at the weekend?
  6. snows in December.
  7. at lunchtime.
  8. Saturdays?

Gruppo A

  1. I can’t sleep at ........................................................................
  2. Diana’s birthday is on ........................................................................
  3. At 9 a.m. ........................................................................
  4. Today Jane is going home ........................................................................
  5. Do you work on ........................................................................
  6. Where are you going ........................................................................
  7. We always go to work on ........................................................................
  8. In England it often ........................................................................

Gruppo B

  1. weekdays.
  2. I have a meeting.
  3. June 1st.
  4. night.
  5. at the weekend?
  6. snows in December.
  7. at lunchtime.
  8. Saturdays?
Soluzioni
  1. I can’t sleep at night.
  2. Diana’s birthday is on June 1st.
  3. At 9 a.m. I have a meeting.
  4. Today Jane is going home at lunchtime.
  5. Do you work on Saturdays?
  6. Where are you going at the weekend?
  7. We always go to work on weekdays.
  8. In England it often snows in December.
Livello A2-B1 Present continuous

Abbina le parti dei tre gruppi per formare frasi di senso compiuto.

Gruppo A

  1. Our guests
  2. The teacher is showing
  3. Next week Sheila
  4. We are spending
  5. They are always
  6. Some of my friends
  7. All the students are

Gruppo B

  1. our holidays in
  2. complaining about
  3. are going to
  4. coming on
  5. are arriving by plane
  6. an interesting video
  7. is taking

Gruppo C

  1. the cost of living.
  2. the Seychelles.
  3. the USA next summer.
  4. at Fiumicino Airport.
  5. about New York.
  6. her final examination.
  7. the school trip tomorrow.

 

  1. Our guests are arriving by plane at Fiumicino Airport.
  2. ....................................................................................................................................
  3. ....................................................................................................................................
  4. ....................................................................................................................................
  5. ....................................................................................................................................
  6. ....................................................................................................................................
  7. ....................................................................................................................................

Gruppo A

  1. Our guests
  2. The teacher is showing
  3. Next week Sheila
  4. We are spending
  5. They are always
  6. Some of my friends
  7. All the students are

Gruppo B

  1. our holidays in
  2. complaining about
  3. are going to
  4. coming on
  5. are arriving by plane
  6. an interesting video
  7. is taking

Gruppo C

  1. the cost of living.
  2. the Seychelles.
  3. the USA next summer.
  4. at Fiumicino Airport.
  5. about New York.
  6. her final examination.
  7. the school trip tomorrow.

 

  1. Our guests are arriving by plane at Fiumicino Airport.
  2. ....................................................................................................................................
  3. ....................................................................................................................................
  4. ....................................................................................................................................
  5. ....................................................................................................................................
  6. ....................................................................................................................................
  7. ....................................................................................................................................
Soluzioni
  1. Our guests are arriving by plane at Fiumicino Airport.
  2. The teacher is showing an interesting video about New York.
  3. Next week Sheila is taking her final examination.
  4. We are spending our holidays in the Seychelles.
  5. They are always complaining about the cost of living.
  6. Some of my friends are going to the USA next summer.
  7. All the students are coming on the school trip tomorrow.
Livello A2-B1 Past simple del verbo to be

Abbina le parti dei tre gruppi per formare frasi di senso compiuto. L'esercizio è avviato.

Gruppo A

  1. George Washington
  2. Life was very hard
  3. Today it’s sunny and
  4. “Who was the first
  5. There was a heavy
  6. There was a heavy
  7. Where were you

Gruppo B

  1. storm here last night.
  2. holiday like?” “Wonderful!
  3. in the past, but now it’s
  4. man on the moon?”
  5. yesterday?” “I was
  6. warm but yesterday it
  7. was the first

Gruppo C

  1. “Neil Armstrong.”
  2. was cold and rainy.
  3. I was frightened.
  4. We were in a fantastic spa village.”
  5. complex and stressful.
  6. President of the USA.
  7. at the cinema with my friends.”

 

1. ......................................................................................................................................................................................

2. .....................................................................................................................................................................................

3. ......................................................................................................................................................................................

4. .....................................................................................................................................................................................

5. .....................................................................................................................................................................................

6. .....................................................................................................................................................................................

Gruppo A

  1. George Washington
  2. Life was very hard
  3. Today it’s sunny and
  4. “Who was the first
  5. There was a heavy
  6. There was a heavy
  7. Where were you

Gruppo B

  1. storm here last night.
  2. holiday like?” “Wonderful!
  3. in the past, but now it’s
  4. man on the moon?”
  5. yesterday?” “I was
  6. warm but yesterday it
  7. was the first

Gruppo C

  1. “Neil Armstrong.”
  2. was cold and rainy.
  3. I was frightened.
  4. We were in a fantastic spa village.”
  5. complex and stressful.
  6. President of the USA.
  7. at the cinema with my friends.”

 

1. ......................................................................................................................................................................................

2. .....................................................................................................................................................................................

3. ......................................................................................................................................................................................

4. .....................................................................................................................................................................................

5. .....................................................................................................................................................................................

6. .....................................................................................................................................................................................

Soluzioni
  1. George Washington was the first President of the USA.
  2. Life was very hard in the past, but now it’s complex and stressful.
  3. Today it’s sunny and warm but yesterday it was cold and rainy.
  4. “Who was the first man on the moon?” “Neil Armstrong.”
  5. There was a heavy storm here last night. I was frightened.
  6. “What was your holiday like?” “Wonderful! We were in a fantastic spa village.”
Livello A2-B1 Avverbi di frequenza: espressioni di tempo

Abbina le parti dei tre gruppi per formare frasi di senso compiuto.

Gruppo A

  1. At weekends
  2. On Saturdays I
  3. We always go to
  4. Do you and
  5. Does your
  6. Do you ever

Gruppo B

  1. bed early
  2. we often go
  3. your cousin attend
  4. mother use a
  5. go out for
  6. usually go to a pub

Gruppo C

  1. a meal in the evening?
  2. the same course?
  3. computer at work?
  4. to the mountains.
  5. with my friends.
  6. on weekdays.

 

  1. At weekends we often go to the mountains.
  2. ............................................................................................................................................
  3. ............................................................................................................................................
  4. ............................................................................................................................................
  5. ............................................................................................................................................
  6. ............................................................................................................................................

Gruppo A

  1. At weekends
  2. On Saturdays I
  3. We always go to
  4. Do you and
  5. Does your
  6. Do you ever

Gruppo B

  1. bed early
  2. we often go
  3. your cousin attend
  4. mother use a
  5. go out for
  6. usually go to a pub

Gruppo C

  1. a meal in the evening?
  2. the same course?
  3. computer at work?
  4. to the mountains.
  5. with my friends.
  6. on weekdays.

 

  1. At weekends we often go to the mountains.
  2. ............................................................................................................................................
  3. ............................................................................................................................................
  4. ............................................................................................................................................
  5. ............................................................................................................................................
  6. ............................................................................................................................................
Soluzioni
  1. At weekends we often go to the mountains.
  2. On Saturdays I usually go to a pub with my friends.
  3. We always go to bed early on weekdays.
  4. Do you and your cousin attend the same course?
  5. Does your mother use a computer at work?
  6. Do you ever go out for a meal in the evening?
Livello A2 I partitivi: some, any, no, none

Abbina le parti dei tre gruppi per formare frasi di senso compiuto.

Gruppo A

  1. Can you lend me some of
  2. Have we got any mustard?
  3. Is there any lemonade
  4. I’ve got a terrible cold.
  5. There’s no coffee in the pot.
  6. I’m busy.
  7. They haven’t got
  8. Can you give me some

Gruppo B

  1. these felt pens?
  2. any questions
  3. medicine for my cough?
  4. No, we haven’t
  5. in the fridge? No, there’s only
  6. Have we got
  7. Can you make
  8. I have no time to

Gruppo C

  1. chat with you now.
  2. I don’t feel well.
  3. on this topic.
  4. Yes, you can take any you like.
  5. got any at home.
  6. some orange juice.
  7. any aspirins?
  8. some for me, please?

 

  1. Can you lend me some of these felt pens? Yes, you can take any you like.
  2. ..............................................................................................................................
  3. ..............................................................................................................................
  4. ..............................................................................................................................
  5. ..............................................................................................................................
  6. ..............................................................................................................................
  7. ..............................................................................................................................
  8. ..............................................................................................................................

Gruppo A

  1. Can you lend me some of
  2. Have we got any mustard?
  3. Is there any lemonade
  4. I’ve got a terrible cold.
  5. There’s no coffee in the pot.
  6. I’m busy.
  7. They haven’t got
  8. Can you give me some

Gruppo B

  1. these felt pens?
  2. any questions
  3. medicine for my cough?
  4. No, we haven’t
  5. in the fridge? No, there’s only
  6. Have we got
  7. Can you make
  8. I have no time to

Gruppo C

  1. chat with you now.
  2. I don’t feel well.
  3. on this topic.
  4. Yes, you can take any you like.
  5. got any at home.
  6. some orange juice.
  7. any aspirins?
  8. some for me, please?

 

  1. Can you lend me some of these felt pens? Yes, you can take any you like.
  2. ..............................................................................................................................
  3. ..............................................................................................................................
  4. ..............................................................................................................................
  5. ..............................................................................................................................
  6. ..............................................................................................................................
  7. ..............................................................................................................................
  8. ..............................................................................................................................
Soluzioni
  1. Can you lend me some of these felt pens? Yes, you can take any you like.
  2. Have we got any mustard? No, we haven’t got any at home.
  3. Is there any lemonade in the fridge? No, there’s only some orange juice.
  4. I’ve got a terrible cold. Have we got any aspirins?
  5. There’s no coffee in the pot. Can you make some for me, please?
  6. I’m busy. I have no time to chat with you now.
  7. They haven’t got any questions on this topic.
  8. Can you give me some medicine for my cough? I don’t feel well.
Livello A2-B1 Interrogativi con how...?

Abbina le parti del gruppo A a quelle del gruppo B scrivendo il numero corretto tra parentesi.

Gruppo A

  1. How often do
  2. How fast does
  3. How tall is
  4. How large is
  5. How old is Mr
  6. How far does she
  7. How deep is

Gruppo B

  1. your younger sister? (............)
  2. the school hall? (............)
  3. live from here? (............)
  4. the Eurostar go? (............)
  5. you go to the gym? (............)
  6. the harbour? (............)
  7. Smith, your manager? (............)

Gruppo A

  1. How often do
  2. How fast does
  3. How tall is
  4. How large is
  5. How old is Mr
  6. How far does she
  7. How deep is

Gruppo B

  1. your younger sister? (............)
  2. the school hall? (............)
  3. live from here? (............)
  4. the Eurostar go? (............)
  5. you go to the gym? (............)
  6. the harbour? (............)
  7. Smith, your manager? (............)
Soluzioni
  1. your younger sister? (3)
  2. the school hall? (4)
  3. live from here? (6)
  4. the Eurostar go? (2)
  5. you go to the gym? (1)
  6. the harbour? (7)
  7. Smith, your manager? (5)
Livello A2 Can/can't: potere
Abbina ogni domanda alla rispettiva risposta.

Esempio: 1.b. Can I beat the Chinese table tennis player? No, he’s the regional champion.

 

1. Can I beat the Chinese table tennis player?

2. Can I get you something to read?

3. Can I have a cup of tea?

4. Can I climb that mountain?

5. Can I sit here?

6. Can I use your computer?

7. Can I smoke in here?

8. Can I help you?

 

a. Oh, thank you. A fashion magazine, please.

b. No, he’s the regional champion.

c. Yes, sure. There’s plenty of room.

d. I’m sorry but I’m using it now.

e. I don’t think so. It’s very dangerous in winter.

f. Yes, of course. Do you take milk and sugar?

g. No, you can’t. There’s a no smoking sign on the door.

h. Thank you very much. I’m looking for the bank.

 

1 ....................

2 ....................

3 ....................

4 ....................

5 ....................

6 ....................

7 ....................

8 ....................

Esempio: 1.b. Can I beat the Chinese table tennis player? No, he’s the regional champion.

 

1. Can I beat the Chinese table tennis player?

2. Can I get you something to read?

3. Can I have a cup of tea?

4. Can I climb that mountain?

5. Can I sit here?

6. Can I use your computer?

7. Can I smoke in here?

8. Can I help you?

 

a. Oh, thank you. A fashion magazine, please.

b. No, he’s the regional champion.

c. Yes, sure. There’s plenty of room.

d. I’m sorry but I’m using it now.

e. I don’t think so. It’s very dangerous in winter.

f. Yes, of course. Do you take milk and sugar?

g. No, you can’t. There’s a no smoking sign on the door.

h. Thank you very much. I’m looking for the bank.

 

1 ....................

2 ....................

3 ....................

4 ....................

5 ....................

6 ....................

7 ....................

8 ....................

Soluzioni

1b; 2a; 3f; 4e; 5c; 6d; 7g; 8h

Livello A2 Aggettivi qualificativi

Abbina ogni sigla del dominio email alla nazionalità corrispondente.

  1. dk
  2. pl
  3. au
  4. jp
  5. it
  6. ca
  7. cn

 

  1. It’s a Japanese address. 4
  2. It’s a Danish address. ...........
  3. It’s a Canadian address. ...........
  4. It’s a Chinese address. ...........
  5. It’s an Australian address. ...........
  6. It’s a Polish address. ...........
  7. It’s an Italian address. ...........
  1. dk
  2. pl
  3. au
  4. jp
  5. it
  6. ca
  7. cn

 

  1. It’s a Japanese address. 4
  2. It’s a Danish address. ...........
  3. It’s a Canadian address. ...........
  4. It’s a Chinese address. ...........
  5. It’s an Australian address. ...........
  6. It’s a Polish address. ...........
  7. It’s an Italian address. ...........
Soluzioni
  1. It’s a Japanese address. 4
  2. It’s a Danish address. 1
  3. It’s a Canadian address. 6
  4. It’s a Chinese address. 7
  5. It’s an Australian address. 3
  6. It’s a Polish address. 2
  7. It’s an Italian address. 5
Livello A2-B1 Interrogativi con how...?

Aggiungi l’interrogativo corretto.

Esempio:
………….............. does your car cost?
How much does your car cost?

  1. “……………….… are you today?” “Fine, thanks.”
  2. ……………….… hours do you study each day?
  3. ……………….… does it take you to get to school?
  4. "……………….… do you go to the gym?” “Once a week.”
  5. “……………….… is your sister?” “She’s 16.”
  6. “……………….… are you?” “I’m 1 metre 85.”
  7. “……………….… is this?” “It’s 3 euro.”

Esempio:
………….............. does your car cost?
How much does your car cost?

  1. “……………….… are you today?” “Fine, thanks.”
  2. ……………….… hours do you study each day?
  3. ……………….… does it take you to get to school?
  4. "……………….… do you go to the gym?” “Once a week.”
  5. “……………….… is your sister?” “She’s 16.”
  6. “……………….… are you?” “I’m 1 metre 85.”
  7. “……………….… is this?” “It’s 3 euro.”
Soluzioni
  1. How are you today?” “Fine, thanks.”
  2. How many hours do you study each day?
  3. How long does it take you to get to school?
  4. "How often do you go to the gym?” “Once a week.”
  5. "How old is your sister?” “She’s 16.”
  6. "How tall are you?” “I’m 1 metre 85.”
  7. "How much is this?” “It’s 3 euro.”
Livello A2-B1 Interrogativi con how...?

Alcune domande dell’esercizio precedente possono essere formulate in modo diverso. Scrivi quelle possibili con i seguenti sostantivi e l’uso del presente di to be. Le risposte sono date.

distance • length • depth • width • speed • height

Esempio:
................................................................................................ It’s 275 km.
What’s the distance between Rome and Florence? It’s 275 km.

  1. ....................................................................................................................................................................... It’s 3,665 km.
  2. ....................................................................................................................................................................... It’s 306 m.
  3. ....................................................................................................................................................................... It’s 15 km.
  4. ....................................................................................................................................................................... It’s between 70 and 130 km/h.
  5. ....................................................................................................................................................................... It’s 330 m.

distance • length • depth • width • speed • height

Esempio:
................................................................................................ It’s 275 km.
What’s the distance between Rome and Florence? It’s 275 km.

  1. ....................................................................................................................................................................... It’s 3,665 km.
  2. ....................................................................................................................................................................... It’s 306 m.
  3. ....................................................................................................................................................................... It’s 15 km.
  4. ....................................................................................................................................................................... It’s between 70 and 130 km/h.
  5. ....................................................................................................................................................................... It’s 330 m.
Soluzioni
  1. What’s the length of Route 66? It’s 3,665 km.
  2. What’s the depth of the Dead Sea? It’s 306 m.
  3. What’s the width of the Dead Sea? It’s 15 km.
  4. What’s the speed of a cheetah? It’s between 70 and 130 km/h.
  5. What’s the height of the Eiffel Tower? It’s 330 m.
Livello A2 Can/can't: potere
Che cosa esprimono le seguenti domande? Scrivi il loro numero accanto alla funzione corrispondente.

1. Can I beat the Chinese table tennis player?

2. Can I get you something to read?

3. Can I have a cup of tea?

4. Can I climb that mountain?

5. Can I sit here?

6. Can I use your computer?

7. Can I smoke in here?

8. Can I help you?


Richieste
Domanda n. ...................................

Offerte
Domanda n. ...................................

Abilità
Domanda n. ...................................

Permesso
​​​​​​​Domanda n. ...................................

1. Can I beat the Chinese table tennis player?

2. Can I get you something to read?

3. Can I have a cup of tea?

4. Can I climb that mountain?

5. Can I sit here?

6. Can I use your computer?

7. Can I smoke in here?

8. Can I help you?


Richieste
Domanda n. ...................................

Offerte
Domanda n. ...................................

Abilità
Domanda n. ...................................

Permesso
​​​​​​​Domanda n. ...................................

Soluzioni

Richieste: Domanda n. 3, 6;

Offerte: Domanda n. 2, 8;

Abilità: Domanda n. 1, 4;

Permesso: Domanda n. 5, 7.

Livello A2-B1 Articolo determinativo the (1)

Completa con gli articoli: a, an, the se necessari.

Esempio
There’s .................. train strike (sciopero) today because .................. railway workers are unhappy about their salary.
There’s a train strike today because the railway workers are unhappy about their salary.

1. “Do your parents go to ................... church on ................... Sundays?” “Yes, every Sunday.”

2. ................... pollution is one of ................... most serious environmental problems.

3. ................... images aren’t clear on ................... TV in my bedroom. I need to buy ................... new one.

4. ................... fruit and ................... vegetables have got a lot of ................... vitamins.

5. I like reading ................... history books. At present I’m reading ................... book about ................... World War II.

6. Have you got ................... idea about how we can solve ................... problem?

7. ................... Indian dishes are ................... popular alternative to ................... British cuisine.

8. ................... Italian food in ................... new restaurant in ................... town centre is very good.

9. Some people think that ................... money is the most important thing in ................... life.

Esempio
There’s .................. train strike (sciopero) today because .................. railway workers are unhappy about their salary.
There’s a train strike today because the railway workers are unhappy about their salary.

1. “Do your parents go to ................... church on ................... Sundays?” “Yes, every Sunday.”

2. ................... pollution is one of ................... most serious environmental problems.

3. ................... images aren’t clear on ................... TV in my bedroom. I need to buy ................... new one.

4. ................... fruit and ................... vegetables have got a lot of ................... vitamins.

5. I like reading ................... history books. At present I’m reading ................... book about ................... World War II.

6. Have you got ................... idea about how we can solve ................... problem?

7. ................... Indian dishes are ................... popular alternative to ................... British cuisine.

8. ................... Italian food in ................... new restaurant in ................... town centre is very good.

9. Some people think that ................... money is the most important thing in ................... life.

Soluzioni

1. “Do your parents go to church on Sundays?” “Yes, every Sunday.”

2. Pollution is one of the most serious environmental problems.

3. The images aren’t clear on the TV in my bedroom. I need to buy a new one.

4. Fruit and vegetables have got a lot of vitamins.

5. I like reading history books. At present I’m reading a book about World War II.

6. Have you got an idea about how we can solve the problem?

7. Indian dishes are a popular alternative to British cuisine.

8. The Italian food in the new restaurant in the town centre is very good.

9. Some people think that money is the most important thing in life.

Livello A2-B1 Pronomi personali complemento

Completa con i pronomi personali complemento o soggetto.

1. My brother gets up very early. I never see ........................... in the morning.

2. Saturn has seven rings. ........................... are made mostly of ice and rock particles.

3. My sister lives in Sydney but .......................................... often comes to Europe.

4. I really like lemon and ginger tea. I only drink ........................... before going to sleep.

5. Jane and I have a generous grandmother. She gives ..................... expensive presents for our birthdays.

6. My new shoes are the wrong size. I can’t wear ........................... .

1. My brother gets up very early. I never see ........................... in the morning.

2. Saturn has seven rings. ........................... are made mostly of ice and rock particles.

3. My sister lives in Sydney but .......................................... often comes to Europe.

4. I really like lemon and ginger tea. I only drink ........................... before going to sleep.

5. Jane and I have a generous grandmother. She gives ..................... expensive presents for our birthdays.

6. My new shoes are the wrong size. I can’t wear ........................... .

Soluzioni
  1. him
  2. They
  3. she
  4. it
  5. us
  6. them
Livello A2-B1 Pronomi riflessivi e reciproci

Completa con il tempo giusto di to get seguito dai verbi dati in ordine sparso.

ready • angry • dirty • dressed • old • bored

Esempio
.......... you .......... for your holidays?
Are you getting ready for your holidays?

1. Children often ......................... when they play outside.

2. I ………………… when people jump the queue.

3. On workings days I wash and ............................. quickly.

4. My grandmother .......................... . She needs assistance.

5. I ..................................... . I don’t like this film.

ready • angry • dirty • dressed • old • bored

Esempio
.......... you .......... for your holidays?
Are you getting ready for your holidays?

1. Children often ......................... when they play outside.

2. I ………………… when people jump the queue.

3. On workings days I wash and ............................. quickly.

4. My grandmother .......................... . She needs assistance.

5. I ..................................... . I don’t like this film.

Soluzioni
  1. get dirty
  2. get angry
  3. get dressed
  4. is getting old
  5. ’m getting bored
Livello A2-B1 Present continuous VS Present simple

Completa con il verbo e il tempo giusto: present simple o present continuous.

remember • have (x2) • take • wake up • drive • go (x2) • prefer • get up • sleep • plan • call • enjoy

Barbara’s daily routine

From Monday to Friday Barbara (1) ................................................... at seven o’clock, but she (2) ............................................................. (neg.) until a quarter past seven. Today is Saturday and she (3) .................................................................. (neg.) to work so she (4) .................................................................. still .................................................................. . On weekdays she usually (5) ............................................................................... a shower before 8 o’clock, but at weekends she (6) .................................................................. to rest until nine o’clock. She always (7) .................................................................. to work, but next week she (8) .................................................................. the bus because her car is at the mechanic’s. Tomorrow is Sunday, and she (9) .................................................................. to spend a day out with her best friend. When the weather is nice, they usually (10) .................................................................. for a walk in the countryside and (11) .................................................................. a meal on a farm. She’s got a favourite farm where they always (12) .................................................................. delicious meals. At the moment, she (13) .................................................................. (neg) the name of the farm. Right now, she (14) .................................................................. her friend to plan the day and book the meal on the farm.

remember • have (x2) • take • wake up • drive • go (x2) • prefer • get up • sleep • plan • call • enjoy

Barbara’s daily routine

From Monday to Friday Barbara (1) ................................................... at seven o’clock, but she (2) ............................................................. (neg.) until a quarter past seven. Today is Saturday and she (3) .................................................................. (neg.) to work so she (4) .................................................................. still .................................................................. . On weekdays she usually (5) ............................................................................... a shower before 8 o’clock, but at weekends she (6) .................................................................. to rest until nine o’clock. She always (7) .................................................................. to work, but next week she (8) .................................................................. the bus because her car is at the mechanic’s. Tomorrow is Sunday, and she (9) .................................................................. to spend a day out with her best friend. When the weather is nice, they usually (10) .................................................................. for a walk in the countryside and (11) .................................................................. a meal on a farm. She’s got a favourite farm where they always (12) .................................................................. delicious meals. At the moment, she (13) .................................................................. (neg) the name of the farm. Right now, she (14) .................................................................. her friend to plan the day and book the meal on the farm.

Soluzioni

From Monday to Friday Barbara (1) wakes up at seven o’clock, but she (2) doesn't get up (neg.) until a quarter past seven. Today is Saturday and she (3) is not going (neg.) to work so she (4) is still sleeping. On weekdays she usually (5) has a shower before 8 o’clock, but at weekends she (6) prefers to rest until nine o’clock. She always (7) drives to work, but next week she (8) is taking the bus because her car is at the mechanic’s. Tomorrow is Sunday, and she (9) is planning to spend a day out with her best friend. When the weather is nice, they usually (10) go for a walk in the countryside and (11) have a meal on a farm. She’s got a favourite farm where they always (12) enjoy delicious meals. At the moment, she (13) doesn't remember (neg) the name of the farm. Right now, she (14) is calling her friend to plan the day and book the meal on the farm.

Livello A2-B1 Preposizioni di luogo (1)

Completa con la preposizione corretta.

1. Kate lives ............. York but she is ............. Brighton.

2. Sebastian is sleeping ............. the sofa.

3. Jack is ............. the theatre with Barbara this evening.

4. We usually have breakfast ............. home, ............. the kitchen.

5. The exercise is ............. page twenty-two.

6. They always catch the morning train ............. London.

7. It’s hot today so we are having lunch ............ the open air.

8. ............. this cruise ship there’s a beautiful spa.

9. There’s a wide choice of pizzas ............. this menu.

10. John isn’t feeling well today, he’s ............. bed now.

1. Kate lives ............. York but she is ............. Brighton.

2. Sebastian is sleeping ............. the sofa.

3. Jack is ............. the theatre with Barbara this evening.

4. We usually have breakfast ............. home, ............. the kitchen.

5. The exercise is ............. page twenty-two.

6. They always catch the morning train ............. London.

7. It’s hot today so we are having lunch ............ the open air.

8. ............. this cruise ship there’s a beautiful spa.

9. There’s a wide choice of pizzas ............. this menu.

10. John isn’t feeling well today, he’s ............. bed now.

Soluzioni

1. Kate lives in York but she is from Brighton.
2. Sebastian is sleeping on the sofa.
3. Jack is at the theatre with Barbara this evening.
4. We usually have breakfast at home, in the kitchen.
5. The exercise is on page twenty-two.
6. They always catch the morning train to London.
7. It’s hot today so we are having lunch in the open air.
8. On this cruise ship there’s a beautiful spa.
9. There’s a wide choice of pizzas on this menu.
10. John isn’t feeling well today, he’s in bed now.

Livello A2-B1 Interrogativi con wh...?

Completa con le parole date.

flavour • neighbour • appointment • present • postcode • environment • football • flag • trainers • subject

  1. What is your favourite ........................................................................... at school?
  2. When is your ......................................................................................... with the dentist?
  3. Where is your ....................................................................... from?
  4. Which is your favourite ice cream ........................................................................................?
  5. What’s the price of these ........................................................................?
  6. Why is it important to protect the ................................................................?
  7. When we win EU cups we put our .................................................................................... outside.
  8. Which ......................................................................................... team do you support?
  9. Who are you giving this .............................................................. to?
  10. What’s the ................................................................... of your town?

flavour • neighbour • appointment • present • postcode • environment • football • flag • trainers • subject

  1. What is your favourite ........................................................................... at school?
  2. When is your ......................................................................................... with the dentist?
  3. Where is your ....................................................................... from?
  4. Which is your favourite ice cream ........................................................................................?
  5. What’s the price of these ........................................................................?
  6. Why is it important to protect the ................................................................?
  7. When we win EU cups we put our .................................................................................... outside.
  8. Which ......................................................................................... team do you support?
  9. Who are you giving this .............................................................. to?
  10. What’s the ................................................................... of your town?
Soluzioni
  1. What is your favourite subject at school?
  2. When is your appointment with the dentist?
  3. Where is your neighbour from?
  4. Which is your favourite ice cream flavour?
  5. What’s the price of these trainers?
  6. Why is it important to protect the environment?
  7. When we win EU cups we put our flag outside.
  8. Which football team do you support?
  9. Who are you giving this present to?
  10. What’s the postcode of your town?
Livello A2-B1 Preposizioni di luogo (1)

Completa con le preposizioni: at, in, on e le parole necessarie tra le seguenti.

bedroom • wall • video-conference • choice • pizza • beach • semi-detached • Airport • menu

1. Robert is ......................... home ......................... his room. He’s taking part in a .......................................

2. The train arriving .................... platform 4 is the Express ................ Victoria Station going directly ................ Gatwick ..................

3. Ann is ......................... holiday ......................... the Caribbean islands. She’s ......................... the sun ......................... a tropical sandy ..........................

4. We live ......................... a ......................... house on the main road. My ......................... is ........................ the second floor.

5. The teacher is .................. school ............ her classroom. She is showing the class a World Map ....................... the .........................

6. We always go ......................... the same ......................... place. There is a wide ......................... of pizzas ......................... the ..........................

bedroom • wall • video-conference • choice • pizza • beach • semi-detached • Airport • menu

1. Robert is ......................... home ......................... his room. He’s taking part in a .......................................

2. The train arriving .................... platform 4 is the Express ................ Victoria Station going directly ................ Gatwick ..................

3. Ann is ......................... holiday ......................... the Caribbean islands. She’s ......................... the sun ......................... a tropical sandy ..........................

4. We live ......................... a ......................... house on the main road. My ......................... is ........................ the second floor.

5. The teacher is .................. school ............ her classroom. She is showing the class a World Map ....................... the .........................

6. We always go ......................... the same ......................... place. There is a wide ......................... of pizzas ......................... the ..........................

Soluzioni

1. Robert is at home in his room. He’s taking part in a video-conference

2. The train arriving at platform 4 is the Express from Victoria Station going directly to Gatwick Airport.

3. Ann is on holiday in the Caribbean islands. She’s in the sun on a tropical sandy beach.

4. We live in a semi-detached house on the main road. My bedroom is on the second floor.

5. The teacher is at school in her classroom. She is showing the class a World Map on the wall.

6. We always go to the same pizza place. There is a wide choice of pizzas on the menu.

Livello A2 I dimostrativi: this, that, these, those

Completa con l’aggettivo o il pronome dimostrativo.

Esempio:
What’s in .............. box here?
What’s in this box here?

  1. Dad is nervous ......................................................... days, why?
  2. Are ......................................................... trousers here my size
  3. How much is ............................................ scarf in the window?
  4. “This is a great party!” “.........................................................’s right!”
  5. What are ......................................................... buildings on the other side of the street?
  6. “Hello, is ......................................................... Sue?” “No, ......................................................... is Carmel speaking.”
  7. Hello, Stephen. ......................................................... are my new Italian friends.
  8. What is .......................................... strange object over here?
  9. Sit here. ......................................................... is a comfortable armchair.
  10. ......................................................... trousers there in the shop window are cool. How much are they?

Esempio:
What’s in .............. box here?
What’s in this box here?

  1. Dad is nervous ......................................................... days, why?
  2. Are ......................................................... trousers here my size
  3. How much is ............................................ scarf in the window?
  4. “This is a great party!” “.........................................................’s right!”
  5. What are ......................................................... buildings on the other side of the street?
  6. “Hello, is ......................................................... Sue?” “No, ......................................................... is Carmel speaking.”
  7. Hello, Stephen. ......................................................... are my new Italian friends.
  8. What is .......................................... strange object over here?
  9. Sit here. ......................................................... is a comfortable armchair.
  10. ......................................................... trousers there in the shop window are cool. How much are they?
Soluzioni
  1. Dad is nervous these days, why?
  2. Are these trousers here my size
  3. How much is that scarf in the window?
  4. “This is a great party!” “That’s right!”
  5. What are those buildings on the other side of the street?
  6. “Hello, is that Sue?” “No, this is Carmel speaking.”
  7. Hello, Stephen. These are my new Italian friends.
  8. What is that strange object over here?
  9. Sit here. This is a comfortable armchair.
  10. Those trousers there in the shop window are cool. How much are they?
Livello A2 Have got: avere, possedere

Completa con l’uso di have got o di to be. Usa forme contratte quando possibile.

Esempio: I’m thirsty. Have you got any fresh drinks in the fridge?

  1. “Why .......................................................... you at home today?” “Because I .......................................................... a fever.”
  2. What kind of car ............................................ Michael ...................................................? .............................................. it an electric or a hybrid car?
  3. “.......................................................... you .......................................................... time for a drink?” “Sorry. I .......................................................... in a hurry.”
  4. Robert .......................................................... (neg) at school today. .......................................................... he .......................................................... the flu?
  5. My smartphone .......................................................... expensive but it .......................................................... a triple camera.

Esempio: I’m thirsty. Have you got any fresh drinks in the fridge?

  1. “Why .......................................................... you at home today?” “Because I .......................................................... a fever.”
  2. What kind of car ............................................ Michael ...................................................? .............................................. it an electric or a hybrid car?
  3. “.......................................................... you .......................................................... time for a drink?” “Sorry. I .......................................................... in a hurry.”
  4. Robert .......................................................... (neg) at school today. .......................................................... he .......................................................... the flu?
  5. My smartphone .......................................................... expensive but it .......................................................... a triple camera.
Soluzioni
  1. “Why are you at home today?” “Because I’ve got a fever”.
  2. What kind of car has Michael got? Is it an electric or a hybrid car?
  3. Have you got time for a drink?” “Sorry. I’m in a hurry.”
  4. Robert isn’t at school today. Has he got the flu?
  5. My smartphone is expensive but it’s got a triple camera.
Livello A2 There is / there are

Completa con l’uso di there o here.

  1. “Where’s your boarding pass?” “.............................................. it is, on the table next to you.”
  2. “Is ........................................................ a disco in this town?” “No, .............................................. isn’t.”
  3. (at the bar) “Two sandwiches, please.” “.......................................................................... you are, madam.”
  4. We are late, hurry up! ..............................................’s the coach at the roundabout.
  5. (at the restaurant) “.............................................. is your bill, sir.” “Thank you.”
  1. “Where’s your boarding pass?” “.............................................. it is, on the table next to you.”
  2. “Is ........................................................ a disco in this town?” “No, .............................................. isn’t.”
  3. (at the bar) “Two sandwiches, please.” “.......................................................................... you are, madam.”
  4. We are late, hurry up! ..............................................’s the coach at the roundabout.
  5. (at the restaurant) “.............................................. is your bill, sir.” “Thank you.”
Soluzioni
  1. “Where’s your boarding pass?” “There it is, on the table next to you.”
  2. “Is there a disco in this town?” “No, there isn’t.”
  3. (at the bar) “Two sandwiches, please.” “Here you are, madam.”
  4. We are late, hurry up! There’s the coach at the roundabout.
  5. (at the restaurant) “Here is your bill, sir.” “Thank you.”
Livello A2-B1 Pronomi riflessivi e reciproci

Completa con pronomi riflessivi o aggettivi possessivi.

Esempio
We don’t like her. She only thinks about .................... .
She only thinks about herself.

1. She’s washing ....................... hair now. Please, call later.

2. They’re taking photos of ................ and not the scenery.

3. I often cut ......................................................... while opening tins.

4. Lucy lives by .......................................... in a small flat in town.

5. He often hurts .................................. when he goes skating.

Esempio
We don’t like her. She only thinks about .................... .
She only thinks about herself.

1. She’s washing ....................... hair now. Please, call later.

2. They’re taking photos of ................ and not the scenery.

3. I often cut ......................................................... while opening tins.

4. Lucy lives by .......................................... in a small flat in town.

5. He often hurts .................................. when he goes skating.

Soluzioni
  1. her
  2. themselves
  3. myself
  4. herself
  5. himself
Livello A2 Plurale dei sostantivi

Completa gli spazi con is oppure are e scrivi la traduzione in italiano.

Esempio:
Our homework ..................... not difficult.
Our homework is not difficult.
I nostri compiti non sono difficili.

  1. My feet ..................... cold.
    .........................................................................................................
  2. ..................... your luggage heavy?
    .........................................................................................................
  3. This information ..................... not correct.
    .........................................................................................................
  4. ..................... there geese on his farm?
    .........................................................................................................
  5. Your hair ..................... very long.
    .........................................................................................................
  6. There ..................... great progress in scientific research.
    .........................................................................................................
  7. ..................... this your homework for tomorrow.
    .........................................................................................................

Esempio:
Our homework ..................... not difficult.
Our homework is not difficult.
I nostri compiti non sono difficili.

  1. My feet ..................... cold.
    .........................................................................................................
  2. ..................... your luggage heavy?
    .........................................................................................................
  3. This information ..................... not correct.
    .........................................................................................................
  4. ..................... there geese on his farm?
    .........................................................................................................
  5. Your hair ..................... very long.
    .........................................................................................................
  6. There ..................... great progress in scientific research.
    .........................................................................................................
  7. ..................... this your homework for tomorrow.
    .........................................................................................................
Soluzioni
  1. My feet are cold.
    I miei piedi sono freddi.
  2. Is your luggage heavy?
    Sono pesanti i vostri bagagli?
  3. This information is not correct.
    Queste informazioni non sono corrette.
  4. Are there geese on his farm?
    Ci sono oche nella sua fattoria?
  5. Your hair is very long.
    I tuoi capelli sono molto lunghi.
  6. There is great progress in scientific research.
    Ci sono grandi progressi nella ricerca scientifica.
  7. Is this your homework for tomorrow.
    Sono questi i tuoi compiti per domani?
Livello A2 Present simple di To Be (essere)

Completa i dialoghi con la forma corretta del presente di to be. Usa forme contratte quando possibile.

  1. What ........................ your name?
  2. Roberta.
  3. .................... you Italian?
  4. Yes, I ........................... . Where .............. you from?
  5. I .......................... from Madrid. My name .......................... Rodrigo.
  6. ...................................... you here on holiday?
  7. Yes, I ............................. . My friends Paulo and Francisco ........................ with me.
  8. .................... you in a hotel?
  9. No. We ................... in a B&B.
  10. Ok. Have a nice holiday. Bye.
  1. What ........................ your name?
  2. Roberta.
  3. .................... you Italian?
  4. Yes, I ........................... . Where .............. you from?
  5. I .......................... from Madrid. My name .......................... Rodrigo.
  6. ...................................... you here on holiday?
  7. Yes, I ............................. . My friends Paulo and Francisco ........................ with me.
  8. .................... you in a hotel?
  9. No. We ................... in a B&B.
  10. Ok. Have a nice holiday. Bye.
Soluzioni
  1. What's your name?
  2. Roberta.
  3. Are you Italian?
  4. Yes, I am. Where are you from?
  5. I'm from Madrid. My name's Rodrigo.
  6. Are you here on holiday?
  7. Yes, I am. My friends Paulo and Francisco are with me.
  8. Are you in a hotel?
  9. No. We're in a B&B.
  10. Ok. Have a nice holiday. Bye.
Livello A2-B1 Preposizioni di luogo (1)

Completa i dialoghi con preposizioni se necessarie.

1

A: Are you .......................... Milan?

B: No, I live .......................... Milan but I am from Verona.

A: Where are you going now?

B: I’m going .......................... home.

 

2

A: What’s your address?

B: I live ................... 34, East 23rd Street, San Diego.

A: Is it .......................... Mexico?

B: No, it’s .......................... California .......................... the border with Mexico.

 

3

A: What are you doing next weekend?

B: We are staying .......................... home, some friends are coming .......................... Rome.

 

4

A: Excuse me, where is the post office, please?

B: Go straight .......................... the end of the road, it’s right .......................... the corner.

 

5

A: Where do you work?

B: I work .......................... the Bank of England, I’m a secretary. How about you?

A: I’m a clerk. I work .......................... the post office near the supermarket.

B: How do you go .......................... work?

A: By bus.

B: Let’s meet .......................... the bus stop then, after work.

 

6

A: Where’s the milk, Mary?

B: It’s .......................... the fridge!

A: No, it’s not there.

B: Oh, sorry, it’s .......................... the cupboard.

A: Thanks. And where are the cereals?

B: They are .......................... the shelf, I think.

A: Great! Let’s have some breakfast then.

1

A: Are you .......................... Milan?

B: No, I live .......................... Milan but I am from Verona.

A: Where are you going now?

B: I’m going .......................... home.

 

2

A: What’s your address?

B: I live ................... 34, East 23rd Street, San Diego.

A: Is it .......................... Mexico?

B: No, it’s .......................... California .......................... the border with Mexico.

 

3

A: What are you doing next weekend?

B: We are staying .......................... home, some friends are coming .......................... Rome.

 

4

A: Excuse me, where is the post office, please?

B: Go straight .......................... the end of the road, it’s right .......................... the corner.

 

5

A: Where do you work?

B: I work .......................... the Bank of England, I’m a secretary. How about you?

A: I’m a clerk. I work .......................... the post office near the supermarket.

B: How do you go .......................... work?

A: By bus.

B: Let’s meet .......................... the bus stop then, after work.

 

6

A: Where’s the milk, Mary?

B: It’s .......................... the fridge!

A: No, it’s not there.

B: Oh, sorry, it’s .......................... the cupboard.

A: Thanks. And where are the cereals?

B: They are .......................... the shelf, I think.

A: Great! Let’s have some breakfast then.

Soluzioni

1

A: Are you from Milan?

B: No, I live in Milan but I am from Verona.

A: Where are you going now?

B: I’m going home.

 

2

A: What’s your address?

B: I live at 34, East 23rd Street, San Diego.

A: Is it in Mexico?

B: No, it’s in California on the border with Mexico.

 

3

A: What are you doing next weekend?

B: We are staying at home, some friends are coming from Rome.

 

4

A: Excuse me, where is the post office, please?

B: Go straight to the end of the road, it’s right on the corner.

 

5

A: Where do you work?

B: I work at the Bank of England, I’m a secretary. How about you?

A: I’m a clerk. I work at the post office near the supermarket.

B: How do you go to work?

A: By bus.

B: Let’s meet at the bus stop then, after work.

 

6

A: Where’s the milk, Mary?

B: It’s in the fridge!

A: No, it’s not there.

B: Oh, sorry, it’s in the cupboard.

A: Thanks. And where are the cereals?

B: They are on the shelf, I think.

A: Great! Let’s have some breakfast then.

Livello A2-B1 Altre preposizioni di tempo

Completa i due dialoghi con le seguenti preposizioni di tempo.

in • before • from... to • between • until • over (x2) • by (x2) • for • on

Dialogo A

A. I am planning to go to London.

B. When are you going?

A. ................................................ June and August. I must decide ................................................ next week.

B. Are you attending English courses there?

A. Yes, I want to book morning classes ................................................ 9 ................................................ 12 am.

B. Who are you going with?

A. With my friend William. He’s staying with me ................................................... the next few days to plan the trip.

Dialogo B

A. My cousin is coming ................................................ a few days’ time.

B. How long is he staying?

A. ................................................ two days ................................................ Sunday afternoon. ................................................ dinner time he wants to be back home. Why don’t you join us ................................................ Saturday afternoon?

B. Sorry. But I need to study hard for my exam ................................................ the weekend. ................................................ mid July I can’t afford any free time.

in • before • from... to • between • until • over (x2) • by (x2) • for • on

Dialogo A

A. I am planning to go to London.

B. When are you going?

A. ................................................ June and August. I must decide ................................................ next week.

B. Are you attending English courses there?

A. Yes, I want to book morning classes ................................................ 9 ................................................ 12 am.

B. Who are you going with?

A. With my friend William. He’s staying with me ................................................... the next few days to plan the trip.

Dialogo B

A. My cousin is coming ................................................ a few days’ time.

B. How long is he staying?

A. ................................................ two days ................................................ Sunday afternoon. ................................................ dinner time he wants to be back home. Why don’t you join us ................................................ Saturday afternoon?

B. Sorry. But I need to study hard for my exam ................................................ the weekend. ................................................ mid July I can’t afford any free time.

Soluzioni

Dialogo A

A. I am planning to go to London.

B. When are you going?

A. Between June and August. I must decide by next week.

B. Are you attending English courses there?

A. Yes, I want to book morning classes from 9 to 12 am.

B. Who are you going with?

A. With my friend William. He’s staying with me over the next few days to plan the trip.

Dialogo B

A. My cousin is coming in a few days’ time.

B. How long is he staying?

A. For two days until Sunday afternoon. By dinner time he wants to be back home. Why don’t you join us on Saturday afternoon?

B. Sorry. But I need to study hard for my exam over the weekend. Before mid July I can’t afford any free time.

Livello A2 Verbo To Be: espressioni idiomatiche

Completa i seguenti mini dialoghi con l’uso del verbo to be. Usa forme contratte quando possibile.

Esempio:
“They aren’t at work today. Are they ill?”
“Yes, they are.”

  1. “Hello, Peter. How .................................. you today?”
    “I ............................. fine but my mother ........................ in bed with the flu.”
  2. “How much .................................. the trousers in the window?”
    “They ............................ 15 euro.”
    “They ............................................... (not) expensive (costoso)!”
  3. “What .................................. your father’s job?”
    “He .................................. a taxi driver and my mother .................................. a teacher.”
  4. “What time .................................. it, please?”
    “It .................................. 8 o’clock.”
    “............................... you late for work?”
    No, I .................................. on time. (in orario)
  5. “What .................................. the weather like in Sicily?”
    “It .................................. sunny but it ................ .................. (not) hot.”
  6. “How old .................................. your grandmother, Paul?”
    “She .................................. nearly 80 and .................................. very well. Next Sunday it .................................. her birthday.”
  7. “Paul .................................. often in London for work.” “
    What .................................. his job?”
    “He .................................. a technician.”
  8. “How much .................................. a bus ticket to the city centre?”
    “It .................................. 2 euro.”
    “.................................. it expensive?”
    “No, it ....................................................”

Esempio:
“They aren’t at work today. Are they ill?”
“Yes, they are.”

  1. “Hello, Peter. How .................................. you today?”
    “I ............................. fine but my mother ........................ in bed with the flu.”
  2. “How much .................................. the trousers in the window?”
    “They ............................ 15 euro.”
    “They ............................................... (not) expensive (costoso)!”
  3. “What .................................. your father’s job?”
    “He .................................. a taxi driver and my mother .................................. a teacher.”
  4. “What time .................................. it, please?”
    “It .................................. 8 o’clock.”
    “............................... you late for work?”
    No, I .................................. on time. (in orario)
  5. “What .................................. the weather like in Sicily?”
    “It .................................. sunny but it ................ .................. (not) hot.”
  6. “How old .................................. your grandmother, Paul?”
    “She .................................. nearly 80 and .................................. very well. Next Sunday it .................................. her birthday.”
  7. “Paul .................................. often in London for work.” “
    What .................................. his job?”
    “He .................................. a technician.”
  8. “How much .................................. a bus ticket to the city centre?”
    “It .................................. 2 euro.”
    “.................................. it expensive?”
    “No, it ....................................................”
Soluzioni
  1. “Hello, Peter. How are you today?”
    “I'm fine but my mother's in bed with the flu.”
  2. “How much are the trousers in the window?”
    “They're 15 euro.”
    “They aren't (not) expensive (costoso)!”
  3. “What's your father’s job?”
    “He's a taxi driver and my mother's a teacher.”
  4. “What time is it, please?”
    “It's 8 o’clock.”
    Are you late for work?”
    No, I'm on time. (in orario)
  5. “What's the weather like in Sicily?”
    “It's sunny but it isn't (not) hot.”
  6. “How old is your grandmother, Paul?”
    “She's nearly 80 and is very well. Next Sunday it's her birthday.”
  7. “Paul's often in London for work.” “
    What's his job?”
    “He's a technician.”
  8. “How much is a bus ticket to the city centre?”
    “It's 2 euro.”
    Is it expensive?”
    “No, it isn't.”
Livello A2-B1 Present continuous

Completa il brano con il present continuous dei verbi tra parentesi. Poi, nell’esercizio che segue, formula domande (Q = questions) o risposte (A = answers) inerenti al testo.

Mary's new life

Mary (1) ............................................ (try) to change her life. She (2) ........................................................... (look for) a new job, so she (3) .............................. (send) applications to several firms. When she (4) ........................................................ (not look) for a job, she is reading and writing. Because she (5) ........................................................ (not work) at the moment, she has got spare time. Right now she (6) ........................................................ (go out) for a walk with her dog. Today the weather is fine and the sun (7) ........................................................ (shine). Mary is happy because she (8) ........................................................ (have) her first job interview next Monday. She hopes it will be successful.

 

Q1: Is Mary satisfied with her life?
A1: No, she ............................................................ .
Q2: What is ............................................................ to do?
A2: ............................................................ to change her life.
Q3: What is she looking for?
A3: ............................................................ for a new job.
Q4: What ............................................................ to several firms?
A4: She ............................................................ applications.
Q5: Why has she got spare time?
A5: Because ............................................................ at the moment.
Q6: What ............................................................ she ........................................... right now?
A6: She ............................................................ for a walk .......................... ..... ............................. dog.
Q7: What’s ............................................................ like today?
A7: It’s fine, the ............................................................ shining.
Q8: When ............................................................ her first interview?
A8: Next Monday.

Mary's new life

Mary (1) ............................................ (try) to change her life. She (2) ........................................................... (look for) a new job, so she (3) .............................. (send) applications to several firms. When she (4) ........................................................ (not look) for a job, she is reading and writing. Because she (5) ........................................................ (not work) at the moment, she has got spare time. Right now she (6) ........................................................ (go out) for a walk with her dog. Today the weather is fine and the sun (7) ........................................................ (shine). Mary is happy because she (8) ........................................................ (have) her first job interview next Monday. She hopes it will be successful.

 

Q1: Is Mary satisfied with her life?
A1: No, she ............................................................ .
Q2: What is ............................................................ to do?
A2: ............................................................ to change her life.
Q3: What is she looking for?
A3: ............................................................ for a new job.
Q4: What ............................................................ to several firms?
A4: She ............................................................ applications.
Q5: Why has she got spare time?
A5: Because ............................................................ at the moment.
Q6: What ............................................................ she ........................................... right now?
A6: She ............................................................ for a walk .......................... ..... ............................. dog.
Q7: What’s ............................................................ like today?
A7: It’s fine, the ............................................................ shining.
Q8: When ............................................................ her first interview?
A8: Next Monday.

Soluzioni

Mary (1) is trying (try) to change her life. She (2) is looking for (look for) a new job, so she (3) is sending (send) applications to several firms. When she (4) is not looking (not look) for a job, she is reading and writing. Because she (5) isn't working (not work) at the moment, she has got spare time. Right now she (6) is going out (go out) for a walk with her dog. Today the weather is fine and the sun (7) is shining (shine). Mary is happy because she (8) 's having (have) her first job interview next Monday. She hopes it will be successful.

 

Q1: Is Mary satisfied with her life?
A1: No, she isn't.
Q2: What is she trying to do?
A2: She's trying to change her life.
Q3: What is she looking for?
A3: She's looking for a new job.
Q4: What is she sending to several firms?
A4: She is sending applications.
Q5: Why has she got spare time?
A5: Because she is not working at the moment.
Q6: What is she doing right now?
A6: She 's going out for a walk with her dog.
Q7: What’s the weather like today?
A7: It’s fine, the sun is shining.
Q8: When is she having her first interview?
A8: Next Monday.

Livello A2-B1 Past simple dei verbi regolari e irregolari (1)

Completa il brano con la forma affermativa al past simple dei seguenti verbi irregolari.

speak • spend • fly • be (x2) • do • make • have • go • take • choose • hear • buy • see • meet • tell • write

A pleasant holiday in New York
Last year I (1) ............................................. ten days in New York with my best friend. We (2) ............................................. from Rome at the end of June. It (3) .................................................... a very pleasant holiday; we (4) ..................................................... a lot of interesting things, and also (5) ............................................... some new friends. Every morning we (6) ................................................. a huge breakfast at the hotel, then we (7) ....................................... out to explore the town. On our first day, we (8) ............................... Midtown and Upper Manhattan. During the following days, we (9) .................................................................. to go on a guided tour in Lower Manhattan. When we (10) ..................................... at Ground Zero, the guide (11) ............................................. us some sad stories about the tragedy of September 11, 2001. We also (12) ......................................... the boat to Liberty Island. There we (13) ............................................. some young Japanese tourists, who (14) .................................. excellent English. On Ellis Island we (15) ....................................... some facts about the history of immigration to the USA. There we (16) ............................................. some postcards, and (17) ............................................. souvenirs for our families and friends.

speak • spend • fly • be (x2) • do • make • have • go • take • choose • hear • buy • see • meet • tell • write

A pleasant holiday in New York
Last year I (1) ............................................. ten days in New York with my best friend. We (2) ............................................. from Rome at the end of June. It (3) .................................................... a very pleasant holiday; we (4) ..................................................... a lot of interesting things, and also (5) ............................................... some new friends. Every morning we (6) ................................................. a huge breakfast at the hotel, then we (7) ....................................... out to explore the town. On our first day, we (8) ............................... Midtown and Upper Manhattan. During the following days, we (9) .................................................................. to go on a guided tour in Lower Manhattan. When we (10) ..................................... at Ground Zero, the guide (11) ............................................. us some sad stories about the tragedy of September 11, 2001. We also (12) ......................................... the boat to Liberty Island. There we (13) ............................................. some young Japanese tourists, who (14) .................................. excellent English. On Ellis Island we (15) ....................................... some facts about the history of immigration to the USA. There we (16) ............................................. some postcards, and (17) ............................................. souvenirs for our families and friends.

Soluzioni
  1. spent
  2. flew
  3. was
  4. did
  5. made
  6. had
  7. went
  8. saw
  9. chose
  10. were
  11. told
  12. took
  13. met
  14. spoke
  15. heard
  16. wrote
  17. bought
Livello A2-B1 Past simple dei verbi regolari e irregolari (1)

Completa il brano con la forma affermativa al past simple dei seguenti verbi regolari dati in ordine sparso.

study • arrive • attend • introduce • work • marry • live • play • want • look • decide • travel • stay • stop • start

Mike’s adventurous life
In the 2000s, my brother Mike and I (1) .................................... in a small flat in London. I (2) .......................................... at university. Mike (3) ................................. guitar lessons in the morning. He (4) .................................................. as a waiter in a pub at weekends, and also (5) ............................................. in a football team. He (6) .................................................. to become a guitar player. After leaving school, I (7) ...................................... for a job as a teacher, and luckily I soon (8) .................................... to work in a private school. Mike (9) ................................. playing football, attending music lessons, and (10) ............................................. to change his life and be more adventurous. He (11) ............................................................ around the world and when he (12) ............................................. in Australia he (13) ............................................. with our cousin Robert, who (14) ............................................. him to Mary, the Australian girl that he (15) ............................................. a few months later.

study • arrive • attend • introduce • work • marry • live • play • want • look • decide • travel • stay • stop • start

Mike’s adventurous life
In the 2000s, my brother Mike and I (1) .................................... in a small flat in London. I (2) .......................................... at university. Mike (3) ................................. guitar lessons in the morning. He (4) .................................................. as a waiter in a pub at weekends, and also (5) ............................................. in a football team. He (6) .................................................. to become a guitar player. After leaving school, I (7) ...................................... for a job as a teacher, and luckily I soon (8) .................................... to work in a private school. Mike (9) ................................. playing football, attending music lessons, and (10) ............................................. to change his life and be more adventurous. He (11) ............................................................ around the world and when he (12) ............................................. in Australia he (13) ............................................. with our cousin Robert, who (14) ............................................. him to Mary, the Australian girl that he (15) ............................................. a few months later.

Soluzioni
  1. lived
  2. studied
  3. attended
  4. worked
  5. played
  6. wanted
  7. looked
  8. started
  9. stopped
  10. decided
  11. travelled
  12. arrived
  13. stayed
  14. introduced
  15. married
Livello A2 Present simple di To Be (essere)

Completa il messaggio che Emily scrive alla sua amica Olivia di Londra. Usa la forma contratta del verbo to be quando possibile.

Dear Olivia,

How (1) .................................. you? I (2) .................................. happy here in Naples. My family and I (3) .................................. here for three days. My father (4) .................................. here on business, but my mother and I (5) .................................. here to visit the city. It (6) .................................. an interesting place, the people (7) .................................. nice and friendly and the pizza (8) .................................. delicious here! Shops (9) .................................. (not) expensive (costoso). The hotel (10) ............................. good but it (11) .......................................... (not) near the centre. It (12) .................................. a short holiday but it (13) .................................. nice to be here and I (14) .................................. sorry you (15) ............................................ (not) with me.

Lots of Love,

Brenda

Dear Olivia,

How (1) .................................. you? I (2) .................................. happy here in Naples. My family and I (3) .................................. here for three days. My father (4) .................................. here on business, but my mother and I (5) .................................. here to visit the city. It (6) .................................. an interesting place, the people (7) .................................. nice and friendly and the pizza (8) .................................. delicious here! Shops (9) .................................. (not) expensive (costoso). The hotel (10) ............................. good but it (11) .......................................... (not) near the centre. It (12) .................................. a short holiday but it (13) .................................. nice to be here and I (14) .................................. sorry you (15) ............................................ (not) with me.

Lots of Love,

Brenda

Soluzioni

Dear Olivia,

How (1) are you? I (2) 'm happy here in Naples. My family and I (3) are here for three days. My father (4) 's here on business, but my mother and I (5) are here to visit the city. It (6) 's. an interesting place, the people (7) are nice and friendly and the pizza (8) 's delicious here! Shops (9) aren't (not) expensive (costoso). The hotel (10) 's good but it (11) isn't (not) near the centre. It (12) 's a short holiday but it (13) 's nice to be here and I (14) 'm sorry you (15) aren't (not) with me.

Lots of Love,

Brenda

Livello A2-B1 Present simple

Completa il seguente brano sulle abitudini di Paul. Usa la forma corretta dei verbi elencati.

have lunch - get dressed - start lessons - have/take a shower - wake up - go back home - watch TV - go to school - leave home - have breakfast - have dinner - do homework - take a walk - read a book - listen to music

Paul’s daily routine

Paul (1) ............................................... at half past six in the morning. After getting up he (2) .............................................................. and then he (3) .............................................................. . He (4) ......................................................... coffee and a piece of toast for breakfast. He (5) .............................................................. home at eight o’clock. He (6) .............................................................. to school by bus. Lessons (7) ................................................. at half past eight. He (8) ...................................................... lunch at one o’clock in the school canteen. At four o’clock in the afternoon he (9) ...................................................... back home. He (10) .............................. ............................ a walk with his dog and then he (11) .............................................................. his homework. At eight o’clock he (12) ...................................................... dinner with his family and then he (13) .......................................................... TV or (14) .............................................................. to music. Before going to sleep he (15) .............................................................. a book.

have lunch - get dressed - start lessons - have/take a shower - wake up - go back home - watch TV - go to school - leave home - have breakfast - have dinner - do homework - take a walk - read a book - listen to music

Paul’s daily routine

Paul (1) ............................................... at half past six in the morning. After getting up he (2) .............................................................. and then he (3) .............................................................. . He (4) ......................................................... coffee and a piece of toast for breakfast. He (5) .............................................................. home at eight o’clock. He (6) .............................................................. to school by bus. Lessons (7) ................................................. at half past eight. He (8) ...................................................... lunch at one o’clock in the school canteen. At four o’clock in the afternoon he (9) ...................................................... back home. He (10) .............................. ............................ a walk with his dog and then he (11) .............................................................. his homework. At eight o’clock he (12) ...................................................... dinner with his family and then he (13) .......................................................... TV or (14) .............................................................. to music. Before going to sleep he (15) .............................................................. a book.

Soluzioni

Paul (1) wakes up at half past six in the morning. After getting up he (2) has a shower and then he (3) gets dressed. He (4) has coffee and a piece of toast for breakfast. He (5) leaves home at eight o’clock. He (6) goes to school by bus. Lessons (7) start at half past eight. He (8) has lunch at one o’clock in the school canteen. At four o’clock in the afternoon he (9) goes back home. He (10) takes a walk with his dog and then he (11) does his homework. At eight o’clock he (12) has dinner with his family and then he (13) watches TV or (14) listens to music. Before going to sleep he (15) reads a book.

Livello A2-B1 Articolo determinativo the (2)

Completa il seguente brano utilizzando le informazioni date e inserendo l’articolo the dove necessario. Usa l’atlante in caso di dubbio.

Mediterranean Sea • Arno • Padan Plain • Gran Sasso • France • Adriatic Sea • Tremiti Islands • Italian • Alps • Lake Garda • German • Sardinian Sea • Egadi Islands

Geographic profile of Italy
Italy is a boot-shaped peninsula in (1) ........................................................... bordering with (2) .................................................... in the northwest, Switzerland and Austria in the north and Slovenia in the north-east. It is surrounded by (3) ......................................... Ligurian Sea, (4) ........................................ and (5) ........................................ Tyrrhenian Sea in the west, the Sicilian Sea and the Ionian Sea in the south and (6) ........................................... in the east. Italy’s official language is (7) ........................................... which is spoken by most of its population, but there are also minority languages such as (8) ..........................................., French, Slovene and Ladin. The landscape in Italy is varied, and is characterised by two mountain chains: (9) .................................... and (10) ............................ Apennines. At the foot of the Alps there is (11) ............................., an extensive flat area crossed by (12) .............................. River Po. The Alpine hills are rich in beautiful large lakes, (13) .......................................... Lake Maggiore, (14) ....................................... Lake Como and (15) ............................... The Appennines form the peninsula’s backbone: (16) ................................................. is the highest peak. Central Italy consists mainly of green hills, and is crossed by (17) ........................................ and (18) .............................. Tiber. The largest islands of Italy are (19) ....................................... Sicily and (20) .......................................... Sardinia. The main archipelagos in central Italy are (21) ............................................ in the Adriatic Sea, the Tuscan Archipelago, the Pontine Islands, the Aeolian Islands and (22) .................................................... in the Tyrrhenian Sea off the coast of (23) ............................................ Sicily.

Mediterranean Sea • Arno • Padan Plain • Gran Sasso • France • Adriatic Sea • Tremiti Islands • Italian • Alps • Lake Garda • German • Sardinian Sea • Egadi Islands

Geographic profile of Italy
Italy is a boot-shaped peninsula in (1) ........................................................... bordering with (2) .................................................... in the northwest, Switzerland and Austria in the north and Slovenia in the north-east. It is surrounded by (3) ......................................... Ligurian Sea, (4) ........................................ and (5) ........................................ Tyrrhenian Sea in the west, the Sicilian Sea and the Ionian Sea in the south and (6) ........................................... in the east. Italy’s official language is (7) ........................................... which is spoken by most of its population, but there are also minority languages such as (8) ..........................................., French, Slovene and Ladin. The landscape in Italy is varied, and is characterised by two mountain chains: (9) .................................... and (10) ............................ Apennines. At the foot of the Alps there is (11) ............................., an extensive flat area crossed by (12) .............................. River Po. The Alpine hills are rich in beautiful large lakes, (13) .......................................... Lake Maggiore, (14) ....................................... Lake Como and (15) ............................... The Appennines form the peninsula’s backbone: (16) ................................................. is the highest peak. Central Italy consists mainly of green hills, and is crossed by (17) ........................................ and (18) .............................. Tiber. The largest islands of Italy are (19) ....................................... Sicily and (20) .......................................... Sardinia. The main archipelagos in central Italy are (21) ............................................ in the Adriatic Sea, the Tuscan Archipelago, the Pontine Islands, the Aeolian Islands and (22) .................................................... in the Tyrrhenian Sea off the coast of (23) ............................................ Sicily.

Soluzioni
  1.  the Mediterranean Sea
  2. France
  3. the
  4. the Sardinian Sea
  5. the
  6. the Adriatic Sea
  7. Italian
  8. German
  9. the Alps
  10. the
  11. the Padan Plain
  12. the
  13. X
  14. X
  15. Lake Garda
  16. Gran Sasso
  17. the Arno
  18. the
  19. X
  20. X
  21. the Tremiti Islands
  22. the Egadi Islands
  23. X
Livello A2-B1 Present continuous VS Present simple

Completa la lettera usando il present simple o il present continuous.

Dear Paul,

How are you? Here is the latest news. I (1) .............................................................. (not work) at Marks & Spencer anymore. I (2) ...................................................................... (have) a new part-time job in a supermarket in the city centre. I (3) .................................... (go) there every day at 3 o’clock in the afternoon, and (4) ............................................................... (work) there till late in the evening. I (5) ...................................... (be) very happy because my sister (6) ................................ ................. (work) there too, so we (7) ................................................................ (travel) together every day.

My brother (8) ........................................................... (come) to stay with me next week. He (9) ..................................................... (arrive) on Saturday. For dinner we (10) ............................................................................... (go) to that Mexican restaurant near the park. What about you? (11) .................................................................... you ............................................................................... (study) for your exams? .................................................. you still (12) ................................................................ (live) in the same flat?

Please write to me soon.

Love,
Sara.

Dear Paul,

How are you? Here is the latest news. I (1) .............................................................. (not work) at Marks & Spencer anymore. I (2) ...................................................................... (have) a new part-time job in a supermarket in the city centre. I (3) .................................... (go) there every day at 3 o’clock in the afternoon, and (4) ............................................................... (work) there till late in the evening. I (5) ...................................... (be) very happy because my sister (6) ................................ ................. (work) there too, so we (7) ................................................................ (travel) together every day.

My brother (8) ........................................................... (come) to stay with me next week. He (9) ..................................................... (arrive) on Saturday. For dinner we (10) ............................................................................... (go) to that Mexican restaurant near the park. What about you? (11) .................................................................... you ............................................................................... (study) for your exams? .................................................. you still (12) ................................................................ (live) in the same flat?

Please write to me soon.

Love,
Sara.

Soluzioni
  1. don’t work
  2. have
  3. go
  4. work
  5. am
  6. works
  7. travel
  8. is coming
  9. is arriving
  10. are going
  11. Are you studying
  12. Do you still live
Livello A2 Verbo To Be: espressioni idiomatiche
Completa le domande della colonna di sinistra, poi abbinale alle risposte della colonna di destra.

La domanda 4 è un esempio.

  1. What .................................. your job?
  2. .................................. this your car?
  3. How much .................................. this watch?
  4. Are you late for the conference?
    (b) Yes, I am. I'm very late.
  5. How ..............................................................?
  6. .................................. the children sleepy?
  7. How old .................................. your boys?
  8. How much bread .................................. there?
  9. Why .................................. you in a hurry?
  10. .................................. there many students in your class?

 

a. It’s 80 euro

b. Yes, I am. I’m very late.

c. Because I’m late for the train.

d. Yes, there are 30.

e. No, it isn’t. My car is in the garage.

f. There’s one loaf.

g. Fine, thanks, and you?

h. Yes, they are in bed.

i. I’m a barber.

j. Peter is 10 and Paul is 12.

La domanda 4 è un esempio.

  1. What .................................. your job?
  2. .................................. this your car?
  3. How much .................................. this watch?
  4. Are you late for the conference?
    (b) Yes, I am. I'm very late.
  5. How ..............................................................?
  6. .................................. the children sleepy?
  7. How old .................................. your boys?
  8. How much bread .................................. there?
  9. Why .................................. you in a hurry?
  10. .................................. there many students in your class?

 

a. It’s 80 euro

b. Yes, I am. I’m very late.

c. Because I’m late for the train.

d. Yes, there are 30.

e. No, it isn’t. My car is in the garage.

f. There’s one loaf.

g. Fine, thanks, and you?

h. Yes, they are in bed.

i. I’m a barber.

j. Peter is 10 and Paul is 12.

Soluzioni
  1. What's your job?
    (i) I’m a barber.
  2. Is this your car?
    (e) No, it isn’t. My car is in the garage.
  3. How much is this watch?
    (a) It’s 80 euro.
  4. Are you late for the conference?
    (b) Yes, I am. I'm very late.
  5. How are you?
    (g) Fine, thanks, and you?
  6. Are the children sleepy?
    (h) Yes, they are in bed.
  7. How old are your boys?
    (j) Peter is 10 and Paul is 12.
  8. How much bread is there?
    (f) There’s one loaf.
  9. Why are you in a hurry?
    (c) Because I’m late for the train.
  10. Are there many students in your class?
    (d) Yes, there are 30.
Livello A2-B1 Pronomi possessivi

Completa le frasi con aggettivo o pronome possessivi con i riferimenti dati.

Esempio:
Sorry, but these seats aren’t free. They are ................................................ . Here are ................................................. tickets. (nostro)
Sorry, but these seats aren’t free. They are ours. Here are our tickets.

1. “Have you got ........................................... email address? “No, I’ve only got ..................................... .” (di lui/tuo)

2. Lisa, ................................ office is always very tidy. It’s very different from ................................! (tuo/mio)

3. “Do you like ................................ new car?” “Yes, but ................................ is more (più) comfortable.” (loro/nostro)

4. Those are ................................ earrings. The ones in the jewellery box are ................................ . (di lei/mio)

Esempio:
Sorry, but these seats aren’t free. They are ................................................ . Here are ................................................. tickets. (nostro)
Sorry, but these seats aren’t free. They are ours. Here are our tickets.

1. “Have you got ........................................... email address? “No, I’ve only got ..................................... .” (di lui/tuo)

2. Lisa, ................................ office is always very tidy. It’s very different from ................................! (tuo/mio)

3. “Do you like ................................ new car?” “Yes, but ................................ is more (più) comfortable.” (loro/nostro)

4. Those are ................................ earrings. The ones in the jewellery box are ................................ . (di lei/mio)

Soluzioni

1. “Have you got his email address? “No, I’ve only got yours.”

2. Lisa, your office is always very tidy. It’s very different from mine!

3. “Do you like their new car?” “Yes, but ours is more (più) comfortable.” 

4. Those are her earrings. The ones in the jewellery box are mine. 

Livello A2-B1 Articolo determinativo the (2)

Completa le frasi con i nomi elencati. Usa l’articolo the se necessario. Ti puoi aiutare con un atlante.

Countries: United Kingdom, France, Great Britain
Oceans and seas: Atlantic Ocean, Pacific Ocean, North Sea
Rivers: Mississippi, Missouri, Thames
Lakes: Lake Superior, Lake Huron, Lake Michigan 
Islands: Caribbean Islands, Seychelles, Madagascar

1. ....................................................... and ....................................................... rivers cross the central area of the USA.

2. Cuba is the largest of ....................................................... .

3. ......................................................., ....................................................... and ....................................................... are three of the Great Lakes.

4. The Gulf Stream reaches the British Isles after crossing ........................................................

5. ....................................................... comprises England, Scotland, Wales and Northern Ireland.

6. ....................................................... and ....................................................... are in the Indian Ocean.

7. The Channel separates ....................................................... from ........................................................

8. ....................................................... crosses London and flows into ........................................................

9. The Hawaiian Islands are in the middle of ........................................................

Countries: United Kingdom, France, Great Britain
Oceans and seas: Atlantic Ocean, Pacific Ocean, North Sea
Rivers: Mississippi, Missouri, Thames
Lakes: Lake Superior, Lake Huron, Lake Michigan 
Islands: Caribbean Islands, Seychelles, Madagascar

1. ....................................................... and ....................................................... rivers cross the central area of the USA.

2. Cuba is the largest of ....................................................... .

3. ......................................................., ....................................................... and ....................................................... are three of the Great Lakes.

4. The Gulf Stream reaches the British Isles after crossing ........................................................

5. ....................................................... comprises England, Scotland, Wales and Northern Ireland.

6. ....................................................... and ....................................................... are in the Indian Ocean.

7. The Channel separates ....................................................... from ........................................................

8. ....................................................... crosses London and flows into ........................................................

9. The Hawaiian Islands are in the middle of ........................................................

Soluzioni

1. The Mississippi and the Missouri rivers cross the central area of the USA.

2. Cuba is the largest of the Caribbean Islands.

3. Lake Superior, Lake Huron and Lake Michigan are three of the Great Lakes.

4. The Gulf Stream reaches the British Isles after crossing the Atlantic Ocean.

5. The United Kingdom comprises England, Scotland, Wales and Northern Ireland.

6. The Seychelles and Madagascar are in the Indian Ocean.

7. The Channel separates France from Great Britain.

8. The Thame crosses London and flows into the North Sea.

9. The Hawaiian Islands are in the middle of the Pacific Ocean.

Livello A2-B1 Past simple del verbo to be

Completa le frasi con il past simple del verbo to be e, quando possibile, usa risposte brevi.

Esempio
How many people .......................................... there at the concert?
How many people were there at the concert?

1. “Where ..................................... you born?” “I ..................................... born in the USA.”

2. “..................................... the Beatles from Manchester?” “No, they .......................................................................... from Liverpool.”

3. “..................................... the American Revolution in the 18th century?” “Yes, ......................................”

4. “What ..................................... the weather like at the seaside?” “It ..................................... hot and dry.”

5. “..................................... you and your friends at Barbara’s birthday party?” “No, ......................................”

6. The boys ..................................... hot and hungry after the race.

7. “We ..................................... at home yesterday (not).” “Where ..................................... you then?” “We ..................................... at the gym.”

8. There ..................................... lots of people at the Umbria Jazz Festival.

Esempio
How many people .......................................... there at the concert?
How many people were there at the concert?

1. “Where ..................................... you born?” “I ..................................... born in the USA.”

2. “..................................... the Beatles from Manchester?” “No, they .......................................................................... from Liverpool.”

3. “..................................... the American Revolution in the 18th century?” “Yes, ......................................”

4. “What ..................................... the weather like at the seaside?” “It ..................................... hot and dry.”

5. “..................................... you and your friends at Barbara’s birthday party?” “No, ......................................”

6. The boys ..................................... hot and hungry after the race.

7. “We ..................................... at home yesterday (not).” “Where ..................................... you then?” “We ..................................... at the gym.”

8. There ..................................... lots of people at the Umbria Jazz Festival.

Soluzioni

1. “Where were you born?” “I was born in the USA.”

2. “Were the Beatles from Manchester?” “No, they were from Liverpool.”

3. “Was the American Revolution in the 18th century?” “Yes, it was

4. “What was the weather like at the seaside?” “It was hot and dry.”

5. “Were you and your friends at Barbara’s birthday party?” “No, we weren't

6. The boys were hot and hungry after the race.

7. “We weren't at home yesterday (not).” “Where were you then?” “We were at the gym.”

8. There were lots of people at the Umbria Jazz Festival.

Livello A2-B1 Present continuous

Completa le frasi con il present continuous dei verbi tra parentesi, in forma contratta quando possibile.

Esempio:
He ...................................................... an apple (eat).
He’s eating an apple.

  1. She ............................................................ an interesting novel (read).
  2. What ............................................................ she ............................................................ (do)? She ............................................................ her son (help).
  3. They ............................................................ constantly ............................................................ the rules (break).
  4. The sun ............................................................ (shine). It’s a beautiful day.
  5. The water ............................................................ in the bath (run).
  6. We ............................................................ breakfast on the balcony this morning (have).
  7. He ............................................................ to work today (not/come).
  8. It ............................................................ cats and dogs (a catinelle) (rain). I ............................................................ out (not/go).

Esempio:
He ...................................................... an apple (eat).
He’s eating an apple.

  1. She ............................................................ an interesting novel (read).
  2. What ............................................................ she ............................................................ (do)? She ............................................................ her son (help).
  3. They ............................................................ constantly ............................................................ the rules (break).
  4. The sun ............................................................ (shine). It’s a beautiful day.
  5. The water ............................................................ in the bath (run).
  6. We ............................................................ breakfast on the balcony this morning (have).
  7. He ............................................................ to work today (not/come).
  8. It ............................................................ cats and dogs (a catinelle) (rain). I ............................................................ out (not/go).
Soluzioni
  1. She 's reading an interesting novel (read).
  2. What 's she doing (do)? She 's helping her son (help).
  3. They 're constantly breaking the rules (break).
  4. The sun 's shining (shine). It’s a beautiful day.
  5. The water 's running in the bath (run).
  6. We 're having breakfast on the balcony this morning (have).
  7. He isn't coming to work today (not/come).
  8. It 's raising cats and dogs (a catinelle) (rain). I 'm not going out (not/go).
Livello A2 Pronomi personali soggetto
Completa le frasi con il pronome personale soggetto riferito alle parole in corsivo.

Esempio:
I like Mrs Smith, my teacher. She is very good.

  1. “Where is my pen?” “..................................................... is here.”
  2. Mr Rogers isn’t a doctor from England. ............................. is from Ireland.
  3. Ann and I are cousins. ..................................................... are in the same course.
  4. Jack Lewis is our English teacher. ........................................... is very nice.
  5. My parents are on holiday. ..................................................... are in Spain.
  6. “Where is Carol?” “.................................................... is at work.”
  7. “Are Mary and Mark from England?” “No, ....................... are American.”
  8. The photograph is on the table. ................................................ is beautiful.
  9. “Is your car in the garage?” “No, .............................................. is on the street.”
  10. “Where is Fernando from?” “..................................................... is from Spain.”
  11. Mary is my cousin. ..................................................... is in the USA on holiday.
  12. “Is Mrs Bernard English?” “No. ................................................... is American.”

Esempio:
I like Mrs Smith, my teacher. She is very good.

  1. “Where is my pen?” “..................................................... is here.”
  2. Mr Rogers isn’t a doctor from England. ............................. is from Ireland.
  3. Ann and I are cousins. ..................................................... are in the same course.
  4. Jack Lewis is our English teacher. ........................................... is very nice.
  5. My parents are on holiday. ..................................................... are in Spain.
  6. “Where is Carol?” “.................................................... is at work.”
  7. “Are Mary and Mark from England?” “No, ....................... are American.”
  8. The photograph is on the table. ................................................ is beautiful.
  9. “Is your car in the garage?” “No, .............................................. is on the street.”
  10. “Where is Fernando from?” “..................................................... is from Spain.”
  11. Mary is my cousin. ..................................................... is in the USA on holiday.
  12. “Is Mrs Bernard English?” “No. ................................................... is American.”
Soluzioni
  1. “Where is my pen?” “It is here.”
  2. Mr Rogers isn’t a doctor from England. He is from Ireland.
  3. Ann and I are cousins. We are in the same course.
  4. Jack Lewis is our English teacher. He is very nice.
  5. My parents are on holiday. They are in Spain.
  6. “Where is Carol?” “She is at work.”
  7. “Are Mary and Mark from England?” “No, They are American.”
  8. The photograph is on the table. It is beautiful.
  9. “Is your car in the garage?” “No, It is on the street.”
  10. “Where is Fernando from?” “He is from Spain.”
  11. Mary is my cousin. She is in the USA on holiday.
  12. “Is Mrs Bernard English?” “No. She is American.”
Livello A2 Present simple di To Be (essere)

Completa le frasi con la forma affermativa semplice del verbo to be.

Esempio: They are Spanish.

  1. I .................... Barbara and he ...................... my brother Paul.
  2. They ....................... my new schoolmates.
  3. This ....................... Mrs Evans. She ....................... the new teacher.
  4. We ....................... at work today.
  5. You ....................... a nice person.
  6. Perugia ....................... in the centre of Italy.
  7. My sister and I ....................... twins.
  8. She ....................... from Bristol, England.

 

Esempio: They are Spanish.

  1. I .................... Barbara and he ...................... my brother Paul.
  2. They ....................... my new schoolmates.
  3. This ....................... Mrs Evans. She ....................... the new teacher.
  4. We ....................... at work today.
  5. You ....................... a nice person.
  6. Perugia ....................... in the centre of Italy.
  7. My sister and I ....................... twins.
  8. She ....................... from Bristol, England.

 

Soluzioni
  1. I am Barbara and he is my brother Paul.
  2. They are my new schoolmates.
  3. This is Mrs Evans. She is the new teacher.
  4. We are at work today.
  5. You are a nice person.
  6. Perugia is in the centre of Italy.
  7. My sister and I are twins.
  8. She is from Bristol, England.
Livello A2-B1 Present continuous VS Present simple

Completa le frasi con le espressioni date al present simple o al present continuous.

have a shower • have dinner • have a walk • have a sandwich • have a party • have a good time • have a nap • have a chat • have breakfast

Esempio: I only have a sandwich for lunch when I’m in town.

  1. Max always ...................................................................... after he plays football.
  2. Sam and I often ...................................................................... in the park after work.
  3. We’re ...................................................................... at my house next Saturday to celebrate my 18th birthday.
  4. I always ...................................................................... when I visit my aunt in Canada.
  5. In Spain people never ...................................................................... before 10 p.m.
  6. My grandfather gets up early but he always ...................................................................... in the afternoon.
  7. “Can I speak to your mother?” “No, I’m sorry. She’s ...................................................................... to a friend on the phone.”
  8. I never ...................................................................... on Sunday mornings because I get up too late.

have a shower • have dinner • have a walk • have a sandwich • have a party • have a good time • have a nap • have a chat • have breakfast

Esempio: I only have a sandwich for lunch when I’m in town.

  1. Max always ...................................................................... after he plays football.
  2. Sam and I often ...................................................................... in the park after work.
  3. We’re ...................................................................... at my house next Saturday to celebrate my 18th birthday.
  4. I always ...................................................................... when I visit my aunt in Canada.
  5. In Spain people never ...................................................................... before 10 p.m.
  6. My grandfather gets up early but he always ...................................................................... in the afternoon.
  7. “Can I speak to your mother?” “No, I’m sorry. She’s ...................................................................... to a friend on the phone.”
  8. I never ...................................................................... on Sunday mornings because I get up too late.
Soluzioni
  1. has a shower
  2. have a walk
  3. having a party
  4. have a good time
  5. have dinner
  6. has a nap
  7. having a chat
  8. have breakfast
Livello A2-B1 To have: usi particolari

Completa le frasi con le espressioni date in ordine sparso. Usa la forma corretta del verbo to have.

have a word with • have a holiday • have dinner • have a walk • have a look at • have a cup of coffee • have a party • have a nap • have an argument • have a shower

1. I always ....................................................................... along the riverbank after lunch. I need the exercise.

2. It’s my birthday next week so I am planning to ....................................................................... with all of my friends.

3. When Jason gets home from work he’s usually dirty so he ....................................................................... before dinner.

4. My Italian husband always ............................................................ in the morning but I prefer strong tea.

5. I always ....................................................................... shop windows before buying anything.

6. Try not to disturb your father. He’s ....................................................................... on the sofa.

7. “What time ............................................................... this evening?” “Not before 8 p.m. because I’m working till late.”

8. Just listen to that noise! The neighbours ....................................................................... again.

9. In two weeks’ time we ....................................................................... in Crete.

10. Can I ....................................................................... you, please? It’s about your dog.

have a word with • have a holiday • have dinner • have a walk • have a look at • have a cup of coffee • have a party • have a nap • have an argument • have a shower

1. I always ....................................................................... along the riverbank after lunch. I need the exercise.

2. It’s my birthday next week so I am planning to ....................................................................... with all of my friends.

3. When Jason gets home from work he’s usually dirty so he ....................................................................... before dinner.

4. My Italian husband always ............................................................ in the morning but I prefer strong tea.

5. I always ....................................................................... shop windows before buying anything.

6. Try not to disturb your father. He’s ....................................................................... on the sofa.

7. “What time ............................................................... this evening?” “Not before 8 p.m. because I’m working till late.”

8. Just listen to that noise! The neighbours ....................................................................... again.

9. In two weeks’ time we ....................................................................... in Crete.

10. Can I ....................................................................... you, please? It’s about your dog.

Soluzioni

1. I always have a walk along the riverbank after lunch. I need the exercise.

2. It’s my birthday next week so I am planning to have a party with all of my friends.

3. When Jason gets home from work he’s usually dirty so he has a shower before dinner.

4. My Italian husband always has a cup of coffee in the morning but I prefer strong tea.

5. I always have a look at shop windows before buying anything.

6. Try not to disturb your father. He’s having a nap on the sofa.

7. “What time are you having dinner this evening?” “Not before 8 p.m. because I’m working till late.”

8. Just listen to that noise! The neighbours are having an argument again.

9. In two weeks’ time we are having a holiday in Crete.

10. Can I have a word with you, please? It’s about your dog.

Livello A2-B1 Preposizioni di tempo: at, in, on

Completa le frasi con le preposizioni di tempo.

  1. The train is arriving at the station ............................. time.
  2. I don’t like driving ............................. night.
  3. Paul works in a pub ............................. the weekend.
  4. Classes begin ............................. September 15th.
  5. We often go to Paris ............................. spring.
  6. My mother often gets up ............................. dawn.
  7. Christopher Columbus sailed to America ............................ 1492.
  8. ............................. noon we always have a quick lunch.
  1. The train is arriving at the station ............................. time.
  2. I don’t like driving ............................. night.
  3. Paul works in a pub ............................. the weekend.
  4. Classes begin ............................. September 15th.
  5. We often go to Paris ............................. spring.
  6. My mother often gets up ............................. dawn.
  7. Christopher Columbus sailed to America ............................ 1492.
  8. ............................. noon we always have a quick lunch.
Soluzioni
  1. The train is arriving at the station on time.
  2. I don’t like driving at night.
  3. Paul works in a pub at the weekend.
  4. Classes begin on September 15th.
  5. We often go to Paris in spring.
  6. My mother often gets up at dawn.
  7. Christopher Columbus sailed to America in 1492.
  8. At noon we always have a quick lunch.
Livello A2 I dimostrativi: this, that, these, those

Completa le frasi con l’aggettivo o il pronome dimostrativo seguito da “one/ones” quando necessario.

Esempio:
I’m very nervous ...................... days. ...................... is a bad period for me!
I’m very nervous these days. This is a bad period for me!

  1. ........................... smartphone here is from China and ........................... over there (laggiù) is from Japan.
  2. ........................... boys over there are my new classmates.

  3. ........................... shirt is too small for me. ........................... over there is the right size.

  4. The bus stop is over there next to ........................... bank.

  5. Who is ........................... boy near the post office?

  6. Are ........................... jackets over there on sale?
    No, only ........................... one here.

  7. How much is ........................... scarf here in the window?

  8. I don’t like ........................... red T-shirt here. I prefer the blue .......................... over there.

Esempio:
I’m very nervous ...................... days. ...................... is a bad period for me!
I’m very nervous these days. This is a bad period for me!

  1. ........................... smartphone here is from China and ........................... over there (laggiù) is from Japan.
  2. ........................... boys over there are my new classmates.

  3. ........................... shirt is too small for me. ........................... over there is the right size.

  4. The bus stop is over there next to ........................... bank.

  5. Who is ........................... boy near the post office?

  6. Are ........................... jackets over there on sale?
    No, only ........................... one here.

  7. How much is ........................... scarf here in the window?

  8. I don’t like ........................... red T-shirt here. I prefer the blue .......................... over there.

Soluzioni
  1. This smartphone here is from China and that one over there (laggiù) is from Japan.
  2. Those boys over there are my new classmates.
  3. This shirt is too small for me. That one over there is the right size.
  4. The bus stop is over there next to that bank.
  5. Who is that boy near the post office?
  6. Are those jackets over there on sale?
    No, only this one here.
  7. How much is this scarf here in the window?
  8. I don’t like this red T-shirt here. I prefer the blue one over there.
Livello A2 Aggettivi possessivi
Completa le frasi con l’aggettivo possessivo adeguato, facendo attenzione al soggetto.

Esempio: Mary and Paul are with their parents.

  1. We are ready! .................................... taxi is over there.
  2. Mr Collins is on holiday with .................................... family.
  3. What’s .................................... phone number, James?
  4. Mary is in .................................... bedroom, she’s tired.
  5. My town is small but .................................... shopping centre is really big!
  6. The new neighbours are English but .................................... mother’s from Australia.
  7. “How are .................................... children, Mrs Miller?” “They’re OK, thanks.”
  8. “Is she ............................. girlfriend, Robert?” “Yes, she is. ............................................. name’s Emily.”

Esempio: Mary and Paul are with their parents.

  1. We are ready! .................................... taxi is over there.
  2. Mr Collins is on holiday with .................................... family.
  3. What’s .................................... phone number, James?
  4. Mary is in .................................... bedroom, she’s tired.
  5. My town is small but .................................... shopping centre is really big!
  6. The new neighbours are English but .................................... mother’s from Australia.
  7. “How are .................................... children, Mrs Miller?” “They’re OK, thanks.”
  8. “Is she ............................. girlfriend, Robert?” “Yes, she is. ............................................. name’s Emily.”
Soluzioni
  1. We are ready! Our taxi is over there.
  2. Mr Collins is on holiday with his family.
  3. What’s your phone number, James?
  4. Mary is in her bedroom, she’s tired.
  5. My town is small but its shopping centre is really big!
  6. The new neighbours are English but their mother’s from Australia.
  7. “How are your children, Mrs Miller?” “They’re OK, thanks.”
  8. “Is she your girlfriend, Robert?” “Yes, she is. Her name’s Emily.”
Livello A2-B1 Present simple

Completa le frasi scegliendo tra i seguenti verbi.

play • pass • watch • spend • study • cry • try • wash • finish • drink • rain • stay • enjoy • read • fly • travel

  1. At Christmas he .............................................................. two weeks with his parents.
  2. Every week he .............................................................. from Rome to London on business.
  3. He .............................................................. work at 6:00 p.m. every day.
  4. In autumn it .............................................................. almost (quasi) every day in Ireland.
  5. Mary .............................................................. with her friend Susan twice a week. They attend the same class.
  6. Barbara .............................................................. in first class hotels when she is on holiday.
  7. Susan .............................................................. her hair every week.
  8. My child .............................................................. when he’s hungry.
  9. She .............................................................. lemonade when she’s thirsty.
  10. Every day she .............................................................. to eat healthy food.

play • pass • watch • spend • study • cry • try • wash • finish • drink • rain • stay • enjoy • read • fly • travel

  1. At Christmas he .............................................................. two weeks with his parents.
  2. Every week he .............................................................. from Rome to London on business.
  3. He .............................................................. work at 6:00 p.m. every day.
  4. In autumn it .............................................................. almost (quasi) every day in Ireland.
  5. Mary .............................................................. with her friend Susan twice a week. They attend the same class.
  6. Barbara .............................................................. in first class hotels when she is on holiday.
  7. Susan .............................................................. her hair every week.
  8. My child .............................................................. when he’s hungry.
  9. She .............................................................. lemonade when she’s thirsty.
  10. Every day she .............................................................. to eat healthy food.
Soluzioni
  1. At Christmas he spends two weeks with his parents.
  2. Every week he flies from Rome to London on business.
  3. He finishes work at 6:00 p.m. every day.
  4. In autumn it rains almost (quasi) every day in Ireland.
  5. Mary studies with her friend Susan twice a week. They attend the same class.
  6. Barbara stays in first class hotels when she is on holiday.
  7. Susan washes her hair every week.
  8. My child cries when he’s hungry.
  9. She drinks lemonade when she’s thirsty.
  10. Every day she tries to eat healthy food.
Livello A2-B1 Forma in -ing del verbo (1)

Completa le frasi scegliendo tra i verbi dati.

talk • go • do • eat • watch • sail • have • organise • discuss • jog • cook • listen • spend • belong • clean

Esempio:
What do you like ............................................. in your spare time?
What do you like doing in your spare time?

1. “What type of films do you prefer ............................................ at home?” “Horror films.”

2. John hates ............................................. He prefers ............................................ to restaurants.

3. Jane dislikes ............................................ to pop music. She loves jazz and R&B.

4. “Don’t you mind ............................................ so many brothers?” “No, I like ............................................ to a big family.”

5. We enjoy ............................................ politics, but our guests usually prefer ............................................ about work.

6. “Does your flatmate like ............................................ the house?” “Yes, she loves it. She is very tidy.”

7. They don’t mind ............................................ at home, but they hate ............................................ time in the kitchen.

8. My neighbours love ............................................ parties on Friday evenings. They invite a lot of people.

9. ............................................ is becoming a popular sport.

10. I often go ............................................ after work.

talk • go • do • eat • watch • sail • have • organise • discuss • jog • cook • listen • spend • belong • clean

Esempio:
What do you like ............................................. in your spare time?
What do you like doing in your spare time?

1. “What type of films do you prefer ............................................ at home?” “Horror films.”

2. John hates ............................................. He prefers ............................................ to restaurants.

3. Jane dislikes ............................................ to pop music. She loves jazz and R&B.

4. “Don’t you mind ............................................ so many brothers?” “No, I like ............................................ to a big family.”

5. We enjoy ............................................ politics, but our guests usually prefer ............................................ about work.

6. “Does your flatmate like ............................................ the house?” “Yes, she loves it. She is very tidy.”

7. They don’t mind ............................................ at home, but they hate ............................................ time in the kitchen.

8. My neighbours love ............................................ parties on Friday evenings. They invite a lot of people.

9. ............................................ is becoming a popular sport.

10. I often go ............................................ after work.

Soluzioni

1. “What type of films do you prefer watching at home?” “Horror films.”

2. John hates cooking. He prefers going to restaurants.

3. Jane dislikes listening to pop music. She loves jazz and R&B.

4. “Don’t you mind having so many brothers?” “No, I like belonging to a big family.”

5. We enjoy discussing politics, but our guests usually prefer talking about work.

6. “Does your flatmate like cleaning the house?” “Yes, she loves it. She is very tidy.”

7. They don’t mind eating at home, but they hate spending time in the kitchen.

8. My neighbours love organising parties on Friday evenings. They invite a lot of people.

9. Sailing is becoming a popular sport.

10. I often go jogging after work.

Livello A2 Aggettivi possessivi
Completa le frasi scegliendo tra le parole date.

her • its • our • your • his • their • my • our

Esempio: Paul is with his friends at a birthday party.

  1. Mr and Mrs Scott are in the garden with .............................. new neighbours.
  2. Hello everybody, I’m the new teacher. ................................ name’s Susan Cooper.
  3. George is American. .................................................. surname is Turner.
  4. Brighton is in the South of England. .................................... pier is famous.
  5. This is Mrs Baker with .................................... son David.
  6. We are teachers and .................................... students are in the classroom.
  7. Excuse me, madam, where is ........................... passport?
  8. That is an old photo of my family and me in ...................... sitting room.

 

her • its • our • your • his • their • my • our

Esempio: Paul is with his friends at a birthday party.

  1. Mr and Mrs Scott are in the garden with .............................. new neighbours.
  2. Hello everybody, I’m the new teacher. ................................ name’s Susan Cooper.
  3. George is American. .................................................. surname is Turner.
  4. Brighton is in the South of England. .................................... pier is famous.
  5. This is Mrs Baker with .................................... son David.
  6. We are teachers and .................................... students are in the classroom.
  7. Excuse me, madam, where is ........................... passport?
  8. That is an old photo of my family and me in ...................... sitting room.

 

Soluzioni
  1. Mr and Mrs Scott are in the garden with their new neighbours.
  2. Hello everybody, I’m the new teacher. My name’s Susan Cooper.
  3. George is American. His surname is Turner.
  4. Brighton is in the South of England. Its pier is famous.
  5. This is Mrs Baker with her son David.
  6. We are teachers and our students are in the classroom.
  7. Excuse me, madam, where is your passport?
  8. That is an old photo of my family and me in our sitting room.
Livello A2 Present simple di To Be (essere)

Completa le frasi usando le forme contratte del verbo to be quando possibile.

Esempio: They’re Spanish.

  1. I .................... Barbara and he ...................... my brother Paul.
  2. They ....................... my new schoolmates.
  3. This ....................... Mrs Evans. She ....................... the new teacher.
  4. We ....................... at work today.
  5. You ....................... a nice person.
  6. Perugia ....................... in the centre of Italy.
  7. My sister and I ....................... twins.
  8. She ....................... from Bristol, England.

Esempio: They’re Spanish.

  1. I .................... Barbara and he ...................... my brother Paul.
  2. They ....................... my new schoolmates.
  3. This ....................... Mrs Evans. She ....................... the new teacher.
  4. We ....................... at work today.
  5. You ....................... a nice person.
  6. Perugia ....................... in the centre of Italy.
  7. My sister and I ....................... twins.
  8. She ....................... from Bristol, England.
Soluzioni
  1. I'm Barbara and he's my brother Paul.
  2. They're my new schoolmates.
  3. This is Mrs Evans. She's the new teacher.
  4. We're at work today.
  5. You're a nice person.
  6. Perugia's in the centre of Italy.
  7. My sister and I are twins.
  8. She's from Bristol, England.

 

Livello A2-B1 Articolo determinativo the (1)

Completa le frasi usando le parole date e l’articolo the quando necessario. Poi scrivi a fianco la spiegazione prendendo spunto dall’esempio. Rileggi le spiegazioni nella scheda in caso di dubbio.

Italian pasta • gym • people • King Charles III • hospital • winter • TV • lunch • people • university • Smiths • baker’s

Esempio:
Who are .............................. in the photo?
Who are the people in the photo? (senso specifico / articolo sì)

1. ..................... English .................................. I know eat a lot of ................................... . (............................................. / ..........................................)

2. My favourite season is .................................., because I’m fond of skiing (.................................................. / ...................................................)

3. I like keeping fit. I go to .......................................... three times a week. (..................................................... / ...................................................)

4. What do you like watching on .......................................... ? (........................................................ / ........................................................)

5. I never have .......................................... before 2 p.m. (........................................................ / ........................................................)

6. .......................................... is only ten minutes’ walk from here. (..................................................... / ........................................................)

7. When are .......................................... moving to London? (........................................................ / ........................................................)

8. They are taking him to ........................................ because he is seriously ill. (.................................................. / .............................................)

9. Can you go to .......................................... now? I need some bread. (........................................................ / ..................................................)

10. .......................................... Prince William is ..........................................’s son. (............................................. / ........................................)

Italian pasta • gym • people • King Charles III • hospital • winter • TV • lunch • people • university • Smiths • baker’s

Esempio:
Who are .............................. in the photo?
Who are the people in the photo? (senso specifico / articolo sì)

1. ..................... English .................................. I know eat a lot of ................................... . (............................................. / ..........................................)

2. My favourite season is .................................., because I’m fond of skiing (.................................................. / ...................................................)

3. I like keeping fit. I go to .......................................... three times a week. (..................................................... / ...................................................)

4. What do you like watching on .......................................... ? (........................................................ / ........................................................)

5. I never have .......................................... before 2 p.m. (........................................................ / ........................................................)

6. .......................................... is only ten minutes’ walk from here. (..................................................... / ........................................................)

7. When are .......................................... moving to London? (........................................................ / ........................................................)

8. They are taking him to ........................................ because he is seriously ill. (.................................................. / .............................................)

9. Can you go to .......................................... now? I need some bread. (........................................................ / ..................................................)

10. .......................................... Prince William is ..........................................’s son. (............................................. / ........................................)

Soluzioni

1. The English people I know eat a lot of Italian pasta. (senso specifico / articolo sì)(senso generale / articolo no)

2. My favourite season is winter, because I’m fond of skiing (stagioni / articolo no)

3. I like keeping fit. I go to the gym three times a week. (luoghi per il tempo libero / articolo sì)

4. What do you like watching on TV? (televisione / articolo no)

5. I never have lunch before 2 p.m. (nomi di pasti / articolo no)

6. The university is only ten minutes’ walk from here. (edificio / articolo sì)

7. When are the Smiths moving to London? (cognomi al plurale / articolo sì)

8. They are taking him to hospital because he is seriously ill. (funzione / articolo no)

9. Can you go to the baker's now? I need some bread. (negozio / articolo sì)

10. Prince William is King Charles III 's son. (titolo / articolo no)

Livello A2-B1 Pronomi possessivi

Completa le risposte con i pronomi possessivi adeguati.

Esempio:
Is that your bike, Paul? No, ............................ is red and gold.
No, mine is red and gold.

1. Is that box of chocolates for Mary?

Yes, it’s .................................

2. Is that their house?

No, ................................ is on the other side.

3. Have you got my pen?

No, ................................ is in the pen box.

4. Are these his sunglasses?

Yes, they are .................................

5. Is that my dictionary?

No, ................................ is over there, in the bookcase.

6. Is that our bus?

No, ................................ is number 12.

7. Hey, guys! Is the blue tent yours?

No, ................................ is green.

Esempio:
Is that your bike, Paul? No, ............................ is red and gold.
No, mine is red and gold.

1. Is that box of chocolates for Mary?

Yes, it’s .................................

2. Is that their house?

No, ................................ is on the other side.

3. Have you got my pen?

No, ................................ is in the pen box.

4. Are these his sunglasses?

Yes, they are .................................

5. Is that my dictionary?

No, ................................ is over there, in the bookcase.

6. Is that our bus?

No, ................................ is number 12.

7. Hey, guys! Is the blue tent yours?

No, ................................ is green.

Soluzioni

1. Is that box of chocolates for Mary?
Yes, it’s hers.

2. Is that their house?

No, theirs is on the other side.

3. Have you got my pen?
No, yours is in the pen box.

4. Are these his sunglasses?
Yes, they are his.

5. Is that my dictionary?
No, yours is over there, in the bookcase.

6. Is that our bus?
No, ours is number 12.

7. Hey, guys! Is the blue tent yours?
No, ours is green.

Livello A2 Verbo To Be: espressioni idiomatiche

Completa le seguenti battute con le espressioni particolari del verbo to be scegliendo fra quelle date.

hurry • afraid • sleepy • cold • ashamed • wrong • thirsty • hot • right • hungry

Esempio: Sorry! I’m ashamed of my behaviour.

  1. “........................................................... my answer right, Mrs Hunter?” “No, it isn’t, it ........................................................... .”
  2. “Lunch is ready! ........................................................... you ...........................................................?” “Yes, we are.”
  3. “Dublin is in Scotland, ........................................................... I ...........................................................?” “No, you aren’t. Everybody knows that Dublin is in Ireland!”
  4. We don’t have much time! We........................................................... in a ........................................................... .
  5. I ........................................................... (neg) of snakes, but I am of spiders!
  6. A glass of water, please. I ........................................................... .
  7. Paul ........................................................... always ........................................................... at the end of the day so he goes to bed early.
  8. Peter’s in the sauna. He ...........................................................!
  9. It is snowing and it ........................................................... very ........................................................... today.

hurry • afraid • sleepy • cold • ashamed • wrong • thirsty • hot • right • hungry

Esempio: Sorry! I’m ashamed of my behaviour.

  1. “........................................................... my answer right, Mrs Hunter?” “No, it isn’t, it ........................................................... .”
  2. “Lunch is ready! ........................................................... you ...........................................................?” “Yes, we are.”
  3. “Dublin is in Scotland, ........................................................... I ...........................................................?” “No, you aren’t. Everybody knows that Dublin is in Ireland!”
  4. We don’t have much time! We........................................................... in a ........................................................... .
  5. I ........................................................... (neg) of snakes, but I am of spiders!
  6. A glass of water, please. I ........................................................... .
  7. Paul ........................................................... always ........................................................... at the end of the day so he goes to bed early.
  8. Peter’s in the sauna. He ...........................................................!
  9. It is snowing and it ........................................................... very ........................................................... today.
Soluzioni
  1. "Is my answer right, Mrs Hunter?" "No, it isn’t, it’s wrong."
  2. “Lunch is ready! Are you hungry?” “Yes, we are.”
  3. “Dublin is in Scotland, am I right?” “No, you aren’t. Everybody knows that Dublin is in Ireland!”
  4. We don’t have much time! We’re in a hurry.
  5. I’m not afraid of snakes, but I am of spiders!
  6. A glass of water, please. I’m thirsty.
  7. Paul’s always sleepy at the end of the day so he goes to bed early.
  8. Peter’s in the sauna. He’s hot!
  9. It is snowing and it’s very cold today.
Livello A2-B1 To have come non ausiliare

Completa le seguenti frasi con gli ausiliari do/does/don’t/doesn’t e have o has.

Esempio:
How many children ............................... they .............................. ? They .................................. three.
How many children do they have? They have three

1. Paul never ........................... lunch at home on weekdays.

2. “.................................. Mrs Smith ............................... a computer?” “Yes, she ...................................”

3. “.................................. you .................................. a minute for me?” “Certainly, what’s the matter?”

4. My father ................................ much time at the weekend.

5. I .............................. much to do today so I’m going for a walk.

6. “.................................. they .................................. a garden?” “No, they ...................................”

7. The hotel is very good, but it .................................. a convenient parking area.

8. I never .............................. coffee after dinner.

Esempio:
How many children ............................... they .............................. ? They .................................. three.
How many children do they have? They have three

1. Paul never ........................... lunch at home on weekdays.

2. “.................................. Mrs Smith ............................... a computer?” “Yes, she ...................................”

3. “.................................. you .................................. a minute for me?” “Certainly, what’s the matter?”

4. My father ................................ much time at the weekend.

5. I .............................. much to do today so I’m going for a walk.

6. “.................................. they .................................. a garden?” “No, they ...................................”

7. The hotel is very good, but it .................................. a convenient parking area.

8. I never .............................. coffee after dinner.

Soluzioni

1. Paul never has lunch at home on weekdays.

2. "Does Mrs Smith have a computer?” “Yes, she does

3. " Do you have a minute for me?” “Certainly, what’s the matter?”

4. My father doesn't have much time at the weekend.

5. I don't have much to do today so I’m going for a walk.

6. “Do they have a garden?” “No, they don't

7. The hotel is very good, but it doesn't have a convenient parking area.

8. I never have coffee after dinner.

Livello A2 Verbo To Be: espressioni idiomatiche

Completa le seguenti frasi con gli usi particolari di to be.

Esempio: Answer number 1 is right while (mentre) number 2 is wrong.

  1. Paul .............................................. always ............................................... when he gets back from school.
  2. “York is the name of an English and an American town, .......................... I .........................?” “Yes, ...................................”
  3. Mary’s at the beach today because it ............................ very ................................. .
  4. We are not late, Stephen. Why .......................... you in a ............................?
  5. “Are you .............................. of snakes?” “No, I .........................”
  6. I .................................. always tired and .................................. after supper (cena).

Esempio: Answer number 1 is right while (mentre) number 2 is wrong.

  1. Paul .............................................. always ............................................... when he gets back from school.
  2. “York is the name of an English and an American town, .......................... I .........................?” “Yes, ...................................”
  3. Mary’s at the beach today because it ............................ very ................................. .
  4. We are not late, Stephen. Why .......................... you in a ............................?
  5. “Are you .............................. of snakes?” “No, I .........................”
  6. I .................................. always tired and .................................. after supper (cena).
Soluzioni
  1. Paul is always hungry when he gets back from school.
  2. “York is the name of an English and an American town, am I right?” “Yes, you are.”
  3. Mary’s at the beach today because it's very hot.
  4. We are not late, Stephen. Why are you in a hurry?
  5. “Are you afraid of snakes?” “No, I'm not.”
  6. I'm always tired and sleepy after supper (cena).
Livello A2-B1 Pronomi personali complemento

Completa le seguenti frasi con il pronome personale complemento adeguato, riferito alla parola in corsivo.

Esempio
Where are the children? Call ..............................
Call them.

1. Where’s Jeff? I can’t find ........................... .

2. My computer is broken. Can you repair ...........................?

3. Your boots are wet. Leave ........................... outside!

4. Is Anne in? Can I speak to ..........................., please?

5. Paul is angry today, don’t ask ........................... why!

6. We are your best friends, why don’t you tell .......................... the truth?

7. I am very busy today. Please, mum, help ........................... with my homework!

8. If you don’t give me your email address, I can’t write to ........................... .

Esempio
Where are the children? Call ..............................
Call them.

1. Where’s Jeff? I can’t find ........................... .

2. My computer is broken. Can you repair ...........................?

3. Your boots are wet. Leave ........................... outside!

4. Is Anne in? Can I speak to ..........................., please?

5. Paul is angry today, don’t ask ........................... why!

6. We are your best friends, why don’t you tell .......................... the truth?

7. I am very busy today. Please, mum, help ........................... with my homework!

8. If you don’t give me your email address, I can’t write to ........................... .

Soluzioni
  1. him
  2. it
  3. them
  4. her
  5. him
  6. us
  7. me
  8. you
Livello A2-B1 Avverbi di frequenza: espressioni di tempo

Completa le seguenti frasi con il simple present dei verbi dati.

finish • love • play • give • know • listen • work • go • attend • get • give • start • do • go

Esempio:
The President .................................. a speech once a year.
The President gives a speech once a year.

  1. My parents .................................................................. to the radio every morning.
  2. She .................................................................. in that office.
  3. .................................................................. George always .................................................................. to school by bicycle?
  4. I .................................................................. her name (not).
  5. Where .................................................................. you usually .................................................................. at weekends?
  6. .................................................................. Tom and Joe .................................................................. the same school?
  7. I love my aunt and she .................................................................. me.
  8. What time .................................................................. he .................................................................. work?
  9. What .................................................................. Gabriel .................................................................. after school?
  10. When .................................................................. he .................................................................. baseball?
  11. Every Christmas my grandfather .................................................................. me a present.
  12. What time .................................................................. lessons .................................................................. ? At 8:30 a.m.
  13. My father .................................................................. up at 6 o’clock every morning.

finish • love • play • give • know • listen • work • go • attend • get • give • start • do • go

Esempio:
The President .................................. a speech once a year.
The President gives a speech once a year.

  1. My parents .................................................................. to the radio every morning.
  2. She .................................................................. in that office.
  3. .................................................................. George always .................................................................. to school by bicycle?
  4. I .................................................................. her name (not).
  5. Where .................................................................. you usually .................................................................. at weekends?
  6. .................................................................. Tom and Joe .................................................................. the same school?
  7. I love my aunt and she .................................................................. me.
  8. What time .................................................................. he .................................................................. work?
  9. What .................................................................. Gabriel .................................................................. after school?
  10. When .................................................................. he .................................................................. baseball?
  11. Every Christmas my grandfather .................................................................. me a present.
  12. What time .................................................................. lessons .................................................................. ? At 8:30 a.m.
  13. My father .................................................................. up at 6 o’clock every morning.
Soluzioni
  1. My parents listen to the radio every morning.
  2. She works in that office.
  3. Does George always go to school by bicycle?
  4. I don't know her name (not).
  5. Where do you usually go at weekends?
  6. Do Tom and Joe attend the same school?
  7. I love my aunt and she loves me.
  8. What time does he finish work?
  9. What does Gabriel do after school?
  10. When does he play baseball?
  11. Every Christmas my grandfather gives me a present.
  12. What time do lessons start? At 8:30 a.m.
  13. My father gets up at 6 o’clock every morning.
Livello A2 Present simple di To Be (essere)

Completa le seguenti frasi con la forma corretta del verbo to be e con le relative risposte brevi.

Esempio:
Is Mrs Jones your teacher?
No, she isn’t.

  1. ................................................ the boys at school ?
    Yes, .................................................
  2. ................................................ Mr Smith your new manager?
    No, .................................................
  3. ................................................ you from Rome?
    No, ..............................................., I’m from Naples.
  4. ................................................ this your school?
    Yes, .................................................
  5. ................................................ you on holiday, Barbara?
    Yes, .................................................
  6. ................................................ you and your brother good at sports?
    No, .................................................
  7. ................................................ your friend Alice English?
    Yes, .................................................
  8. ................................ banks open today?
    No, .................................................

Esempio:
Is Mrs Jones your teacher?
No, she isn’t.

  1. ................................................ the boys at school ?
    Yes, .................................................
  2. ................................................ Mr Smith your new manager?
    No, .................................................
  3. ................................................ you from Rome?
    No, ..............................................., I’m from Naples.
  4. ................................................ this your school?
    Yes, .................................................
  5. ................................................ you on holiday, Barbara?
    Yes, .................................................
  6. ................................................ you and your brother good at sports?
    No, .................................................
  7. ................................................ your friend Alice English?
    Yes, .................................................
  8. ................................ banks open today?
    No, .................................................
Soluzioni
  1. Are the boys at school ?
    Yes, they are.
  2. Is Mr Smith your new manager?
    No, he isn't / he's not.
  3. Are you from Rome?
    No, I'm not, I’m from Naples.
  4. Is this your school?
    Yes, it is.
  5. Are you on holiday, Barbara?
    Yes, I am.
  6. Are you and your brother good at sports?
    No, we aren't / we're not.
  7. Is your friend Alice English?
    Yes, she is.
  8. Are banks open today?
    No, they aren't / they're not.
Livello A2 Present simple di To Be (essere)

Completa le seguenti frasi con la forma corretta del verbo to be e con le risposte brevi appropriate.

Esempio: “Are you Mr Wright?” “No, I'm not.”

  1. “............... they your cousins?” “No, they .................................”
  2. “.................................. she your new neighbour?” “Yes, she ..................................”
  3. “............................... you from Liverpool?” “No, I .............................”
  4. “................................ the bike new?” “Yes, it ..................................”
  5. “................................ Jeremy and Ann university students?” “No, they ...................................”
  6. “............................. you and your cousin good footballers?” “Yes, we ...................................”
  7. “.............................. that your school?” “Yes, it ..............................”
  8. “.................................... your names Gillian and Paul?” “No, they ...................................”

Esempio: “Are you Mr Wright?” “No, I'm not.”

  1. “............... they your cousins?” “No, they .................................”
  2. “.................................. she your new neighbour?” “Yes, she ..................................”
  3. “............................... you from Liverpool?” “No, I .............................”
  4. “................................ the bike new?” “Yes, it ..................................”
  5. “................................ Jeremy and Ann university students?” “No, they ...................................”
  6. “............................. you and your cousin good footballers?” “Yes, we ...................................”
  7. “.............................. that your school?” “Yes, it ..............................”
  8. “.................................... your names Gillian and Paul?” “No, they ...................................”
Soluzioni
  1. Are they your cousins?” “No, they aren't / 're not.”
  2. Is she your new neighbour?” “Yes, she is.”
  3. Are you from Liverpool?” “No, I'm not.”
  4. Is the bike new?” “Yes, it is.”
  5. Are Jeremy and Ann university students?” “No, they aren't / 're not.”
  6. Are you and your cousin good footballers?” “Yes, we are.”
  7. Is that your school?” “Yes, it is.”
  8. Are your names Gillian and Paul?” “No, they aren't / 're not.”
Livello A2-B1 Preposizioni di tempo: at, in, on
Completa le seguenti frasi con la preposizione corretta.
  1. They are waiting for the train .................. the station.
  2. He works .................. a bank .................. the city centre.
  3. The lamp is .................. the table next to the TV.
  4. There are two people .................. the picture.
  5. They are giving a big party .................. the King’s Pub next Saturday.
  6. My cat is sleeping .................. my lap.
  7. Mary lives .................. China.
  8. There’s your notebook, .................. the desk.
  9. The shop is .................. the corner of the street.
  10. My parents always work ...................... the garden .................. Sundays.
  1. They are waiting for the train .................. the station.
  2. He works .................. a bank .................. the city centre.
  3. The lamp is .................. the table next to the TV.
  4. There are two people .................. the picture.
  5. They are giving a big party .................. the King’s Pub next Saturday.
  6. My cat is sleeping .................. my lap.
  7. Mary lives .................. China.
  8. There’s your notebook, .................. the desk.
  9. The shop is .................. the corner of the street.
  10. My parents always work ...................... the garden .................. Sundays.
Soluzioni
  1. They are waiting for the train at the station.
  2. He works in a bank b the city centre.
  3. The lamp is on the table next to the TV.
  4. There are two people in the picture.
  5. They are giving a big party at the King’s Pub next Saturday.
  6. My cat is sleeping on my lap.
  7. Mary lives in China.
  8. There’s your notebook, on the desk.
  9. The shop is on the corner of the street.
  10. My parents always work in the garden on Sundays.
Livello A2-B1 Genitivo sassone

Completa le seguenti frasi usando il genitivo sassone oppure la struttura “sostantivo + sostantivo”.

1. The boy has a toy. It’s the ...........................................................................................................................

2. Steve has a younger sister. It’s .....................................................................................................................................

3. The album has my picture on its cover. My picture is on ...................................................................................................

4. Our cousins live in this house. It’s .....................................................................................................................................

5. Food for cats. It’s .....................................................................................................................................

6. That bus has a number. What is .................................................................................................................... ?

7. John has a sister, Jane. Jane is ..........................................................................................................................

8. This college is for girls only. It’s a ................................................................................................................................

1. The boy has a toy. It’s the ...........................................................................................................................

2. Steve has a younger sister. It’s .....................................................................................................................................

3. The album has my picture on its cover. My picture is on ...................................................................................................

4. Our cousins live in this house. It’s .....................................................................................................................................

5. Food for cats. It’s .....................................................................................................................................

6. That bus has a number. What is .................................................................................................................... ?

7. John has a sister, Jane. Jane is ..........................................................................................................................

8. This college is for girls only. It’s a ................................................................................................................................

Soluzioni
  1. boy’s toy.
  2. Steve’s younger sister.
  3. the album cover.
  4. our cousins’ house.
  5. cat food.
  6. that bus number?
  7. John’s sister.
  8. girls’ college.
Livello A2-B1 To have come non ausiliare

Completa le seguenti frasi usando le espressioni date al present simple o al present continuous.

have a shower • have eggs and bacon • have a break • have a chat • have a party • have a holiday • have a big meal • have a walk • have a short drive

Esempio:
I never ......................................................... at lunch.
I never have a big meal at lunch.

1. This month I (not) ....................................................................... for breakfast. I am on a diet.

2. Next week I ....................................................................... in Umbria.

3. “Why (not) ....................................................................... you ....................................................................... for your birthday next week?” “Because I am going to Paris.”

4. When it’s sunny, I usually ....................................................................... along the river.

5. Tomorrow we ................................................. in my father’s car to the new sports centre.

6. “What time ..................................................................... you usually .................................................................... ?” “At 11 a.m.”

7. Can you answer the phone, please? I ....................................................................... at the moment.

8. After studying I usually meet my friends and ............................................................ with them.

have a shower • have eggs and bacon • have a break • have a chat • have a party • have a holiday • have a big meal • have a walk • have a short drive

Esempio:
I never ......................................................... at lunch.
I never have a big meal at lunch.

1. This month I (not) ....................................................................... for breakfast. I am on a diet.

2. Next week I ....................................................................... in Umbria.

3. “Why (not) ....................................................................... you ....................................................................... for your birthday next week?” “Because I am going to Paris.”

4. When it’s sunny, I usually ....................................................................... along the river.

5. Tomorrow we ................................................. in my father’s car to the new sports centre.

6. “What time ..................................................................... you usually .................................................................... ?” “At 11 a.m.”

7. Can you answer the phone, please? I ....................................................................... at the moment.

8. After studying I usually meet my friends and ............................................................ with them.

Soluzioni

1. This month I (not)’m not having eggs and bacon for breakfast. I am on a diet.

2. Next week I’m having a holiday in Umbria.

3. “Why (not) aren’t you having a party for your birthday next week?” “Because I am going to Paris.”

4. When it’s sunny, I usually have a walk along the river.

5. Tomorrow we ’re having a short drive in my father’s car to the new sports centre.

6. “What time do you usually have a break?” “At 11 a.m.”

7. Can you answer the phone, please? I ’m having a shower at the moment.

8. After studying I usually meet my friends and have a chat with them.

Livello A2-B1 Imperativo

Completa le seguenti frasi usando l’imperativo alla seconda persona singolare e plurale o alla prima plurale, come richiesto dalle situazioni. Scegli tra i verbi dati.

have • invite • watch • be • sit • shout • cross • have lunch • sing

Esempio:
Bob, ......................................... the TV now! It’s lunchtime!
Bob, don’t watch the TV now! It’s lunchtime!

1. ...................................... this Christmas song all together!

2. ...................................... the road here! It’s too dangerous!

3. ...................................... late for dinner! Dad will get angry.

4. ...................................... here! These seats are free.

5. ...................................... in this pub. We are hungry.

6. ...................................... Lucy to your party. I don’t like her!

7. ...................................... ! The children are sleeping.

8. ...................................... a Coke. It’s hot.

have • invite • watch • be • sit • shout • cross • have lunch • sing

Esempio:
Bob, ......................................... the TV now! It’s lunchtime!
Bob, don’t watch the TV now! It’s lunchtime!

1. ...................................... this Christmas song all together!

2. ...................................... the road here! It’s too dangerous!

3. ...................................... late for dinner! Dad will get angry.

4. ...................................... here! These seats are free.

5. ...................................... in this pub. We are hungry.

6. ...................................... Lucy to your party. I don’t like her!

7. ...................................... ! The children are sleeping.

8. ...................................... a Coke. It’s hot.

Soluzioni
  1. Let’s sing
  2. Don’t cross
  3. Don’t be
  4. Let’s sit
  5. Let’s have lunch
  6. Don’t invite
  7. Don’t shout
  8. Let’s have
Livello A2 Aggettivi possessivi
Completa questo brano su Eva Gonzales inserendo gli aggettivi possessivi corretti.

Eva Gonzales

(1) ................................................................. name is Eva Gonzales. She is American, but (2) ................................... parents are from Mexico City and (3) ........................................... relatives still live there. Eva is 19 years old and (4) ........................ ........... brother is 21. (5) ........................ name is Francisco, Francis in English. They work as shop assistants in a big department store in Los Angeles. (6) ......................... home is a long way from (7) ................................. workplace, so they go to work by bus. Eva has many hobbies but (8) ..................................... favourites are playing tennis and dancing. Francis is a good football player. (9) ......................... ........ team is famous in Los Angeles. (10) ...................................... house is in the outskirts (periferia) of the city. It isn’t very big but it’s nice and clean. (11) ........................................ garden is full of bushes and flowers. Francis isn’t married but he has a girlfriend. (12) .................................. name is Lily.

Eva Gonzales

(1) ................................................................. name is Eva Gonzales. She is American, but (2) ................................... parents are from Mexico City and (3) ........................................... relatives still live there. Eva is 19 years old and (4) ........................ ........... brother is 21. (5) ........................ name is Francisco, Francis in English. They work as shop assistants in a big department store in Los Angeles. (6) ......................... home is a long way from (7) ................................. workplace, so they go to work by bus. Eva has many hobbies but (8) ..................................... favourites are playing tennis and dancing. Francis is a good football player. (9) ......................... ........ team is famous in Los Angeles. (10) ...................................... house is in the outskirts (periferia) of the city. It isn’t very big but it’s nice and clean. (11) ........................................ garden is full of bushes and flowers. Francis isn’t married but he has a girlfriend. (12) .................................. name is Lily.

Soluzioni
  1. Her
  2. her
  3. her/their
  4. her
  5. His
  6. Their
  7. their
  8. her
  9. His
  10. Their
  11. Its/Their
  12. Her
Livello A2-B1 Genitivo sassone

Costruisci frasi di senso compiuto con le parti date aggiungendo -’s quando necessario.

1. husband / my / sister (due soluzioni possibili)

....................................................................................................................................

2. children / house / the

....................................................................................................................................

3. St. James / Palace / State rooms

....................................................................................................................................

4. John / parents / and / Anne (due soluzioni possibili)

....................................................................................................................................

5. Charles / cousin / my / name is

....................................................................................................................................

6. army / Napoleon / General

....................................................................................................................................

7. house / door / of / the / the

....................................................................................................................................

8. parents / jobs / my

....................................................................................................................................

9. car / the / of / roof / the

....................................................................................................................................

10. are / same / Ann / mothers / age / Mary / and / the

....................................................................................................................................

1. husband / my / sister (due soluzioni possibili)

....................................................................................................................................

2. children / house / the

....................................................................................................................................

3. St. James / Palace / State rooms

....................................................................................................................................

4. John / parents / and / Anne (due soluzioni possibili)

....................................................................................................................................

5. Charles / cousin / my / name is

....................................................................................................................................

6. army / Napoleon / General

....................................................................................................................................

7. house / door / of / the / the

....................................................................................................................................

8. parents / jobs / my

....................................................................................................................................

9. car / the / of / roof / the

....................................................................................................................................

10. are / same / Ann / mothers / age / Mary / and / the

....................................................................................................................................

Soluzioni
  1. My sister’s husband/My husband’s sister.
  2. The children’s house.
  3. St. James’s Palace’s State rooms.
  4. John and Anne’s parents/Anne and John’s parents.
  5. My cousin’s name is Charles.
  6. General Napoleon’s army.
  7. The door of the house.
  8. My parents’ jobs.
  9. The roof of the car.
  10. Ann’s and Mary’s mothers are the same age.
Livello A2 I partitivi: some, any, no, none

Costruisci frasi di senso compiuto utilizzando some, any, no quando necessario e i verbi to be/have got.

Esempio
we / got / lemonade? / No, / but / there / orange juice.
Have we got any lemonade? No, but there’s some orange juice.

  1. there / for breakfast? / Yes, there / two bottles.
    .....................................................................................................................................
  2. we / got / fruit / for the children? Yes, / there / and / (three types of fruit)
    .....................................................................................................................................

  3. We / different / cake today but / there / nice / in the freezer in three flavours.
    .....................................................................................................................................

  4. there / eggs / to make an omelette?
    .....................................................................................................................................

  5. there / only tomatoes / for the salad? No, there / also / cucumbers / in the fridge near the apples.
    .....................................................................................................................................

  6. We can have / fresh sausages for dinner. They / in the fridge
    .....................................................................................................................................

  7. We / fresh vegetables / in the fridge, / potatoes, / tomatoes / and / carrots.
    .....................................................................................................................................

  8. there / artichokes? No, there / at all.
    .....................................................................................................................................

Esempio
we / got / lemonade? / No, / but / there / orange juice.
Have we got any lemonade? No, but there’s some orange juice.

  1. there / for breakfast? / Yes, there / two bottles.
    .....................................................................................................................................
  2. we / got / fruit / for the children? Yes, / there / and / (three types of fruit)
    .....................................................................................................................................

  3. We / different / cake today but / there / nice / in the freezer in three flavours.
    .....................................................................................................................................

  4. there / eggs / to make an omelette?
    .....................................................................................................................................

  5. there / only tomatoes / for the salad? No, there / also / cucumbers / in the fridge near the apples.
    .....................................................................................................................................

  6. We can have / fresh sausages for dinner. They / in the fridge
    .....................................................................................................................................

  7. We / fresh vegetables / in the fridge, / potatoes, / tomatoes / and / carrots.
    .....................................................................................................................................

  8. there / artichokes? No, there / at all.
    .....................................................................................................................................

Soluzioni
  1. Is there any milk for breakfast? Yes, there are two bottles.
  2. Have we got any fruit for the children? Yes, there are some apples, bananas and strawberries/grapes/oranges.

  3. We haven’t got any cake today but there is some nice ice cream in the freezer in three different flavours.

  4. Are there any eggs to make an omelette?

  5. Are there only tomatoes for the salad? No, there are also some cucumbers in the fridge near the apples.

  6. We can have some fresh sausages for dinner. They’re in the fridge.

  7. We’ve got some fresh vegetables in the fridge, potatoes, some tomatoes and carrots.

  8. Are there any artichokes? No, there are no artichokes at all.

Livello A2 Can/can't: potere

Costruisci le frasi e scrivi in fondo la sigla giusta per individuare gli usi di can e can’t: A (abilità/capacità), P (proibizione), Pe (permesso), D (deduzione) e R (richiesta).

Esempio:
can’t / she / computer / use / the
She can’t use the computer (A)

  1. evening / cinema / I / go / this / to / can / the / Mary / with / ?
    ....................................................................................................................................... (........)
  2. this / suitcase, please / you / can / help / me / with / ?
    ....................................................................................................................................... (........)
  3. she / swim / can / can’t / ski / but / she
    ....................................................................................................................................... (........)
  4. it / can’t / only / be / a / expensive. / two / it’s / star / hotel
    ....................................................................................................................................... (........)
  5. you / see / woman / that / in red / can / ?
    ....................................................................................................................................... (........)
  6. can’t / you / weather / go out / in / bad / this / !
    ....................................................................................................................................... (........)

Esempio:
can’t / she / computer / use / the
She can’t use the computer (A)

  1. evening / cinema / I / go / this / to / can / the / Mary / with / ?
    ....................................................................................................................................... (........)
  2. this / suitcase, please / you / can / help / me / with / ?
    ....................................................................................................................................... (........)
  3. she / swim / can / can’t / ski / but / she
    ....................................................................................................................................... (........)
  4. it / can’t / only / be / a / expensive. / two / it’s / star / hotel
    ....................................................................................................................................... (........)
  5. you / see / woman / that / in red / can / ?
    ....................................................................................................................................... (........)
  6. can’t / you / weather / go out / in / bad / this / !
    ....................................................................................................................................... (........)
Soluzioni
  1. evening / cinema / I / go / this / to / can / the / Mary / with / ?
    Can I go to the cinema with Mary this evening? (Pe)
  2. this / suitcase, please / you / can / help / me / with / ?
    Can you help me with this suitcase, please? (R)
  3. she / swim / can / can’t / ski / but / she
    She can ski, but she can’t swim./She can’t ski, but she can swim. (A)
  4. it / can’t / only / be / a / expensive. / two / it’s / star / hotel
    It can’t be expensive. It’s only a two star hotel! (D)
  5. you / see / woman / that / in red / can / ?
    Can you see that woman in red? (A)
  6. can’t / you / weather / go out / in / bad / this / !
    You can’t go out in this bad weather! (P)
Livello A2-B1 Avverbi di frequenza: espressioni di tempo

Descrivi le abitudini di Pat usando una pagina del suo diario.

Pat's routine

get up (every day at 7 o’clock)
go to work by bus (always)
start work (9 o’clock)
have lunch / the factory canteen (often)
go back home (4:00 p.m.)
relax / on the sofa / listen to music (sometimes)
go to the swimming pool (once a week)
have dinner with family (at weekends)
go out after dinner (never)
go to bed early / read a book (usually)

 

Pat gets up at 7 o’clock every day. She ..............................................................................................................................

..............................................................................................................................​​​​​​​.................................................................

​​​​​​​..............................................................................................................................​​​​​​​.................................................................

​​​​​​​..............................................................................................................................​​​​​​​.................................................................

​​​​​​​..............................................................................................................................​​​​​​​.................................................................

​​​​​​​..............................................................................................................................​​​​​​​.................................................................

​​​​​​​..............................................................................................................................​​​​​​​.................................................................

Pat's routine

get up (every day at 7 o’clock)
go to work by bus (always)
start work (9 o’clock)
have lunch / the factory canteen (often)
go back home (4:00 p.m.)
relax / on the sofa / listen to music (sometimes)
go to the swimming pool (once a week)
have dinner with family (at weekends)
go out after dinner (never)
go to bed early / read a book (usually)

 

Pat gets up at 7 o’clock every day. She ..............................................................................................................................

..............................................................................................................................​​​​​​​.................................................................

​​​​​​​..............................................................................................................................​​​​​​​.................................................................

​​​​​​​..............................................................................................................................​​​​​​​.................................................................

​​​​​​​..............................................................................................................................​​​​​​​.................................................................

​​​​​​​..............................................................................................................................​​​​​​​.................................................................

​​​​​​​..............................................................................................................................​​​​​​​.................................................................

Soluzioni

Pat gets up at 7 o’clock every day. She always goes to work by bus. She starts work at 9 o’clock. She often has lunch in the factory canteen. She goes back home at 4 in the afternoon. She sometimes relaxes on the sofa and listens to music. She goes to the swimming pool once a week. She has dinner with her family at weekends. She never goes out after dinner. She usually goes to bed early and reads a book.

Livello A2 There is / there are

È il 27 dicembre, William è solo e ha deciso di trascorrere l’ultimo dell’anno in montagna. Dopo alcune telefonate riesce a trovare una camera in un piccolo hotel di un paese nelle Alpi svizzere. Completa la conversazione con l’uso di there is/there are.

William: (1)........................................... a single room for next Sunday and Monday?

Receptionist: Yes, (2) ........................................... one in our annex. It’s near the central building.

William: Perfect! (3)........................................... a bathroom with a bath?

Receptionist: Sorry, (4) ........................................... a large modern shower but (5) ........................................... (not) a bath.

William: (6) ........................................... a pool in the hotel?

Receptionist: Yes, (7) ........................................... a big pool and a wellness centre with sauna and gym.

William: (8) ........................................... any cinemas or discos in the village?

Receptionist: Well, (9) ........................................... a disco in the village and (10) ........................................... two night clubs not far from it but (11) ............................................................... (not) any cinemas or theatres here. On our website (12) ............................................ all the information you need, the photos of the rooms and (13) ................................................................ a photo of the village too!

William: Thank you very much, can you reserve that room, please?

William: (1)........................................... a single room for next Sunday and Monday?

Receptionist: Yes, (2) ........................................... one in our annex. It’s near the central building.

William: Perfect! (3)........................................... a bathroom with a bath?

Receptionist: Sorry, (4) ........................................... a large modern shower but (5) ........................................... (not) a bath.

William: (6) ........................................... a pool in the hotel?

Receptionist: Yes, (7) ........................................... a big pool and a wellness centre with sauna and gym.

William: (8) ........................................... any cinemas or discos in the village?

Receptionist: Well, (9) ........................................... a disco in the village and (10) ........................................... two night clubs not far from it but (11) ............................................................... (not) any cinemas or theatres here. On our website (12) ............................................ all the information you need, the photos of the rooms and (13) ................................................................ a photo of the village too!

William: Thank you very much, can you reserve that room, please?

Soluzioni

William: (1) Is there a single room for next Sunday and Monday?

Receptionist: Yes, (2) there's one in our annex. It’s near the central building.

William: Perfect! (3) Is there a bathroom with a bath?

Receptionist: Sorry, (4) there's a large modern shower but (5) there isn't (not) a bath.

William: (6) Is there a pool in the hotel?

Receptionist: Yes, (7) there's a big pool and a wellness centre with sauna and gym.

William: (8) Are there any cinemas or discos in the village?

Receptionist: Well, (9) there's a disco in the village and (10) there are two night clubs not far from it but (11) there aren't (not) any cinemas or theatres here. On our website (12) there's all the information you need, the photos of the rooms and (13) there's a photo of the village too!

William: Thank you very much, can you reserve that room, please?

Livello A2-B1 Uso di would like

È la serata di Capodanno e tutti, allo scoccare della mezzanotte, esprimono un desiderio per l’anno che sta arrivando. Completa le frasi con would like to e i verbi dati.

live • stop • take • go • learn • buy • have • find • fall

Esempio:
Daniel .................................. smoking.
Daniel would like to stop smoking.

1. Susanne .................................................................................................................................... a new job.

2. Thomas .................................................................................................................................... Japanese.

3. Jane .................................................................................................................................... in love.

4. Mr and Mrs Jones .................................................................................................................................... on a Mediterranean cruise.

5. Lucy .................................................................................................................................... a new car.

6. Colin .................................................................................................................................... a baby.

7. They .................................................................................................................................... in the country.

8. He .................................................................................................................................... part in a marathon.

live • stop • take • go • learn • buy • have • find • fall

Esempio:
Daniel .................................. smoking.
Daniel would like to stop smoking.

1. Susanne .................................................................................................................................... a new job.

2. Thomas .................................................................................................................................... Japanese.

3. Jane .................................................................................................................................... in love.

4. Mr and Mrs Jones .................................................................................................................................... on a Mediterranean cruise.

5. Lucy .................................................................................................................................... a new car.

6. Colin .................................................................................................................................... a baby.

7. They .................................................................................................................................... in the country.

8. He .................................................................................................................................... part in a marathon.

Soluzioni
  1. would like to find
  2. would like to learn
  3. would like to fall
  4. would like to go
  5. would like to buy
  6. would like to have
  7. would like to live
  8. would like to take
Livello A2-B1 Imperativo

Ecco alcuni consigli per usare internet con sicurezza. Completa con l’imperativo corretto dei verbi dati.

share • create • use • install • limit • make • download • have meetings • store • allow • open • chat

SAFETY ON THE INTERNET

DOS

  1. Create a single password for every website.
  2. ..................................... fake names to identify yourself.
  3. ..................................... antivirus software and update regularly.
  4. Only ..................................... with people online that you know.
  5. ..................................... online purchases from secure sites.
  6. ..................................... the time your kids spend on the internet.

DON'TS

  1. Don’t ..................................... unknown software.

  2. Don’t ..................................... personal information about yourself.

  3. Don’t ..................................... suspicious emails and don’t reply to them.

  4. Don’t ..................................... with people you don’t know.

  5. Don’t ............................ personal card details on websites.

  6. Don’t ..................................... websites to remember your username and password.

share • create • use • install • limit • make • download • have meetings • store • allow • open • chat

SAFETY ON THE INTERNET

DOS

  1. Create a single password for every website.
  2. ..................................... fake names to identify yourself.
  3. ..................................... antivirus software and update regularly.
  4. Only ..................................... with people online that you know.
  5. ..................................... online purchases from secure sites.
  6. ..................................... the time your kids spend on the internet.

DON'TS

  1. Don’t ..................................... unknown software.

  2. Don’t ..................................... personal information about yourself.

  3. Don’t ..................................... suspicious emails and don’t reply to them.

  4. Don’t ..................................... with people you don’t know.

  5. Don’t ............................ personal card details on websites.

  6. Don’t ..................................... websites to remember your username and password.

Soluzioni

DOS

  1. Create
  2. Use
  3. Install
  4. have meetings
  5. Make
  6. Limit

DON'TS

  1. download
  2. share
  3. open
  4. chat
  5. store
  6. allow
Livello A2 Articolo a/an: un, uno, una, un'

Forma frasi abbinando a ogni parola sotto alle immagini un aggettivo e un sostantivo tra quelli proposti. Fa’ attenzione all’uso di a/an davanti agli aggettivi.

Esempio: London is a multicultural city.

Aggettivi

hot • European • ancient • multicultural • tourist • training • Renaissance • exciting • Italian • intelligent

Sostantivi

month • country • destination • holiday • dish • painter • city • activity • animal • monument

 

  1. August ..................................................................................
  2. Stonehenge .................................................................................
  3. Venice .................................................................................
  4. Spain .................................................................................
  5. Pizza .................................................................................
  6. The ape (scimmia) .................................................................................
  7. Swimming .................................................................................
  8. A Nile cruise .................................................................................
  9. Raphael (Raffaello) .................................................................................

Esempio: London is a multicultural city.

Aggettivi

hot • European • ancient • multicultural • tourist • training • Renaissance • exciting • Italian • intelligent

Sostantivi

month • country • destination • holiday • dish • painter • city • activity • animal • monument

 

  1. August ..................................................................................
  2. Stonehenge .................................................................................
  3. Venice .................................................................................
  4. Spain .................................................................................
  5. Pizza .................................................................................
  6. The ape (scimmia) .................................................................................
  7. Swimming .................................................................................
  8. A Nile cruise .................................................................................
  9. Raphael (Raffaello) .................................................................................
Soluzioni
  1. August is a hot month.
  2. Stonehenge is an ancient monument.
  3. Venice is a tourist destination.
  4. Spain is a European country.
  5. Pizza is an Italian dish.
  6. The ape is an intelligent animal.
  7. Swimming is a training activity.
  8. A Nile cruise is an exciting holiday.
  9. Raphael is a Renaissance painter.
Livello A2-B1 L'ora

Formula delle frasi con gli orari del city tour di Manchester usando le espressioni in the afternoon, in the evening e at night.

One day tour of Manchester

  1. 9:30 a.m. City Centre Canal Cruise around the old docks.
  2. 11:00 a.m. Visit to the Manchester United Museum and Stadium.
  3. 1:00 p.m. Lunch at The Laundrette Restaurant.
  4. 2:00 p.m. Hop-on Hop-off city tour.
  5. 4:30 p.m. Visit to the Sea Life Manchester Aquarium.
  6. 7:30 p.m. Free drinks.
  7. 9:00 p.m. Dinner at the Hard Rock Café.
  8. 11:00 p.m. Silent disco tour musical adventure. Dancing and singing through the iconic streets of Manchester.

 

  1. The City Centre Canal Cruise around the old docks is at nine o’clock in the morning.
  2. ................................................................................................................................................................................
  3. ................................................................................................................................................................................
  4. ................................................................................................................................................................................
  5. ................................................................................................................................................................................
  6. ................................................................................................................................................................................
  7. ................................................................................................................................................................................
  8. ................................................................................................................................................................................

One day tour of Manchester

  1. 9:30 a.m. City Centre Canal Cruise around the old docks.
  2. 11:00 a.m. Visit to the Manchester United Museum and Stadium.
  3. 1:00 p.m. Lunch at The Laundrette Restaurant.
  4. 2:00 p.m. Hop-on Hop-off city tour.
  5. 4:30 p.m. Visit to the Sea Life Manchester Aquarium.
  6. 7:30 p.m. Free drinks.
  7. 9:00 p.m. Dinner at the Hard Rock Café.
  8. 11:00 p.m. Silent disco tour musical adventure. Dancing and singing through the iconic streets of Manchester.

 

  1. The City Centre Canal Cruise around the old docks is at nine o’clock in the morning.
  2. ................................................................................................................................................................................
  3. ................................................................................................................................................................................
  4. ................................................................................................................................................................................
  5. ................................................................................................................................................................................
  6. ................................................................................................................................................................................
  7. ................................................................................................................................................................................
  8. ................................................................................................................................................................................
Soluzioni
  1. The City Centre Canal Cruise around the old docks is at nine o’clock in the morning.
  2. The visit to the Manchester United Museum and Stadium starts at eleven o’clock in the morning.
  3. Lunch at The Laundrette Restaurant is at one o’clock in the afternoon.
  4. The Hop-on Hopoff city tour starts at two o’clock in the afternoon.
  5. The visit to the Sea Life Manchester Aquarium starts at half past four in the afternoon.
  6. Free drinks are served at half past seven in the evening.
  7. The Dinner at the Hard Rock Café is at nine in the evening.
  8. The silent disco tour musical adventure starts at eleven o’clock in the evening.
Livello A2-B1 Interrogativi con wh...?, Interrogativi con how...?
Formula domande per le informazioni in corsivo.

Esempio: The train arrives at ten o’clock. What time does the train arrive?

  1. I’m staying with my brother. .............................................................................................................................
  2. My car? It’s on the other side of the street. .............................................................................................................................
  3. I like the red T-shirt, not the blue one. .............................................................................................................................
  4. She’s feeling better now. .............................................................................................................................
  5. My sister always calls her boyfriend after lunch. .............................................................................................................................
  6. The cheque (assegno) is for 1,000 euro. .............................................................................................................................
  7. Tony goes to the gym twice a week with his cousin. .............................................................................................................................

Esempio: The train arrives at ten o’clock. What time does the train arrive?

  1. I’m staying with my brother. .............................................................................................................................
  2. My car? It’s on the other side of the street. .............................................................................................................................
  3. I like the red T-shirt, not the blue one. .............................................................................................................................
  4. She’s feeling better now. .............................................................................................................................
  5. My sister always calls her boyfriend after lunch. .............................................................................................................................
  6. The cheque (assegno) is for 1,000 euro. .............................................................................................................................
  7. Tony goes to the gym twice a week with his cousin. .............................................................................................................................
Soluzioni
  1. Who are you staying with?
  2. Where is your car?
  3. Which T-shirt do you like?
  4. How is she feeling now?
  5. When does your sister call her boyfriend?
  6. How much is the cheque for?
  7. How often does Tony go to the gym?
Livello A2-B1 Present continuous

Formula domande usando il present continuous.

Esempio:
They are playing cards.
What are they doing?

  1. We are having breakfast.
    What ...........................................................................?
  2. Today? She is going to work by car.
    How ...........................................................................?
  3. I am drinking some orange juice.
    What ...........................................................................?
  4. No, he is not studying, he’s watching TV.
    ...........................................................................?
  5. They are leaving tomorrow morning.
    When ...........................................................................?
  6. They’re getting married next month.
    When ...........................................................................?
  7. She’s reading a novel.
    What ...........................................................................?

Esempio:
They are playing cards.
What are they doing?

  1. We are having breakfast.
    What ...........................................................................?
  2. Today? She is going to work by car.
    How ...........................................................................?
  3. I am drinking some orange juice.
    What ...........................................................................?
  4. No, he is not studying, he’s watching TV.
    ...........................................................................?
  5. They are leaving tomorrow morning.
    When ...........................................................................?
  6. They’re getting married next month.
    When ...........................................................................?
  7. She’s reading a novel.
    What ...........................................................................?
Soluzioni
  1. What are you doing?
  2. How is she going to work today?
  3. What are you drinking?
  4. Is he studying?
  5. When are they leaving?
  6. When are they getting married?
  7. What is she reading?
Livello A2-B1 Imperativo

Formula frasi con la prima persona plurale dell’imperativo, in forma affermativa o negativa, come richiesto dalle situazioni.

Esempio
.................................... today. It’s lovely and warm (go).
Let’s go out today. It’s lovely and warm.

1. ..................................... the instructions before starting (read).

2. ..................................... them about the party. It’s a surprise (not tell).

3. ..................................... my car this morning. Yours is not big enough for four people (use).

4. ...................................................... his computer. He’ll get angry (not use).

5. ..................................... . It’s free (go in).

6. ..................................... to bed. It’s very late (go).

7. ..................................... working. We have a lot of things to do (keep on).

8. ....................................................... that film. It’s really interesting (watch).

Esempio
.................................... today. It’s lovely and warm (go).
Let’s go out today. It’s lovely and warm.

1. ..................................... the instructions before starting (read).

2. ..................................... them about the party. It’s a surprise (not tell).

3. ..................................... my car this morning. Yours is not big enough for four people (use).

4. ...................................................... his computer. He’ll get angry (not use).

5. ..................................... . It’s free (go in).

6. ..................................... to bed. It’s very late (go).

7. ..................................... working. We have a lot of things to do (keep on).

8. ....................................................... that film. It’s really interesting (watch).

Soluzioni
  1. Let’s read
  2. Let’s not tell
  3. Let’s use
  4. Let’s not use
  5. Let’s go in
  6. Let’s go
  7. Let’s keep on
  8. Let’s watch
Livello A2-B1 Imperativo

Formula frasi con la seconda persona singolare dell’imperativo, in forma affermativa o negativa, come richiesto dalle situazioni.

Esempio:
.................................... alone at night! It’s not safe (walk)!
Never/Don’t walk alone at night! It’s not safe!

1. ....................................................... that dress. It’s too expensive (buy).

2. .................................... to that man. What’s he talking about (listen)?

3. ..................................................... the window. It’s hot in here (open).

4. ....................................................... Roberta up. She is ill (wake).

5. ............................................... your umbrella, Helen. It’s raining (take).

6. ........................................... careful here! It’s dangerous (be).

7. ..................................... walking now! We are late (stop).

8. ..................................... Albert if you are not sure (ring).

Esempio:
.................................... alone at night! It’s not safe (walk)!
Never/Don’t walk alone at night! It’s not safe!

1. ....................................................... that dress. It’s too expensive (buy).

2. .................................... to that man. What’s he talking about (listen)?

3. ..................................................... the window. It’s hot in here (open).

4. ....................................................... Roberta up. She is ill (wake).

5. ............................................... your umbrella, Helen. It’s raining (take).

6. ........................................... careful here! It’s dangerous (be).

7. ..................................... walking now! We are late (stop).

8. ..................................... Albert if you are not sure (ring).

Soluzioni
  1. Don’t buy
  2. Listen
  3. Open
  4. Don’t wake
  5. Take
  6. Be
  7. Don’t stop
  8. Ring
Livello A2-B1 Avverbi di frequenza: espressioni di tempo

Il padre di Paul è molto arrabbiato con lui. Costruisci frasi di senso compiuto con le parole date e scoprirai il perché.

  1. He / not study / in the afternoon ...........................................................................................................................................................................................
  2. He always / go out / in the evenings ..................................................................................................................................................................................
  3. He never / arrive / at school on time ...................................................................................................................................................................................
  4. He / not clean / his room ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
  5. He / not help / his parents at home ..................................................................................................................................................................................
  6. On Saturdays / he never / come back home / before four in the morning .....................................................................................................................
  7. He / drink / too much beer / weekends .............................................................................................................................................................................
  8. He / not obey / his parents .................................................................................................................................................................................................
  1. He / not study / in the afternoon ...........................................................................................................................................................................................
  2. He always / go out / in the evenings ..................................................................................................................................................................................
  3. He never / arrive / at school on time ...................................................................................................................................................................................
  4. He / not clean / his room ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
  5. He / not help / his parents at home ..................................................................................................................................................................................
  6. On Saturdays / he never / come back home / before four in the morning .....................................................................................................................
  7. He / drink / too much beer / weekends .............................................................................................................................................................................
  8. He / not obey / his parents .................................................................................................................................................................................................
Soluzioni
  1. He doesn’t study in the afternoon.
  2. He always goes out in the evenings.
  3. He never arrives at school on time.
  4. He does not clean his room.
  5. He does not help his parents at home.
  6. On Saturdays he never comes back home before four in the morning.
  7. He drinks too much beer at weekends.
  8. He does not obey his parents.
Livello A2-B1 Past simple dei verbi regolari e irregolari (1)

In ogni frase c’è un errore nell’uso del passato affermativo. Sottolinealo e scrivi in fondo la forma corretta.

1. Yesterday I founded a document in the street and I took it to the police station. found

2. We went out in the rain and catched a bad cold. ...............................................

3. He liked the jeans in the window but they costed too much. ..................................

4. I plaid the guitar when I was young. Now I don’t any longer. ....................................

5. Mary weared her new dress at the party. She looked beautiful. ...................................

1. Yesterday I founded a document in the street and I took it to the police station. found

2. We went out in the rain and catched a bad cold. ...............................................

3. He liked the jeans in the window but they costed too much. ..................................

4. I plaid the guitar when I was young. Now I don’t any longer. ....................................

5. Mary weared her new dress at the party. She looked beautiful. ...................................

Soluzioni
  1. catched - caught
  2. costed - cost
  3. plaid - played
  4. weared - wore
Livello A2-B1 Articolo determinativo the (1)

In ogni frase c’è un the intruso. Sottolinealo.

1. We are meeting Paul at the 6 p.m. at the station.

2. “Are you going to the cinema?” “Yes, after the dinner.”

3. When I’m at the home I often listen to the radio.

4. In Britain the children go to the school at the age of five.

1. We are meeting Paul at the 6 p.m. at the station.

2. “Are you going to the cinema?” “Yes, after the dinner.”

3. When I’m at the home I often listen to the radio.

4. In Britain the children go to the school at the age of five.

Soluzioni

1. We are meeting Paul at the 6 p.m. at the station.

2. “Are you going to the cinema?” “Yes, after the dinner.”

3. When I’m at the home I often listen to the radio.

4. In Britain the children go to the school at the age of five.

Livello A2 Plurale dei sostantivi

In ogni gruppo c’è un intruso che non segue le regole del plurale. Individua l’intruso e formane il plurale. Il primo è un esempio.

  1. key • ring • woman • wolf
    women
  2. hand • child • half • kilo
    ................................................................
  3. person • daughter • shelf • pencil
    ................................................................
  4. teacher • paper • goose • leaf
    ................................................................
  5. wish • dish • meal • tooth
    ................................................................
  6. earring • neck • mouse • loaf
    ................................................................
  1. key • ring • woman • wolf
    women
  2. hand • child • half • kilo
    ................................................................
  3. person • daughter • shelf • pencil
    ................................................................
  4. teacher • paper • goose • leaf
    ................................................................
  5. wish • dish • meal • tooth
    ................................................................
  6. earring • neck • mouse • loaf
    ................................................................
Soluzioni
  1. key • ring • woman • wolf
    women
  2. hand • child • half • kilo
    children
  3. person • daughter • shelf • pencil
    people
  4. teacher • paper • goose • leaf
    geese
  5. wish • dish • meal • tooth
    teeth
  6. earring • neck • mouse • loaf
    mice
Livello A2 Plurale dei sostantivi

In ogni gruppo di parole c’è un “intruso”. Riscrivilo e forma il plurale delle altre parole. Il primo è un esempio.

  1. boy • key • lady • way
    Intruso: lady
    Plurali: boyskeysways
  2. mouse • man • foot • box
    Intruso: .........................................
    Plurali: ....................................................................................
  3. beach • bee • cross • fax
    Intruso: .........................................
    Plurali: ....................................................................................
  4. thief • book • pen • window
    Intruso: .........................................
    Plurali: ....................................................................................
  5. party • diary • sky • monkey
    Intruso: .........................................
    Plurali: ....................................................................................
  6. wife • half • proof • wolf
    Intruso: .........................................
    Plurali: ....................................................................................
  7. goose • tooth • wolf • person
    Intruso: .........................................
    Plurali: ....................................................................................
  1. boy • key • lady • way
    Intruso: lady
    Plurali: boyskeysways
  2. mouse • man • foot • box
    Intruso: .........................................
    Plurali: ....................................................................................
  3. beach • bee • cross • fax
    Intruso: .........................................
    Plurali: ....................................................................................
  4. thief • book • pen • window
    Intruso: .........................................
    Plurali: ....................................................................................
  5. party • diary • sky • monkey
    Intruso: .........................................
    Plurali: ....................................................................................
  6. wife • half • proof • wolf
    Intruso: .........................................
    Plurali: ....................................................................................
  7. goose • tooth • wolf • person
    Intruso: .........................................
    Plurali: ....................................................................................
Soluzioni
  1. boy • key • lady • way
    Intruso: lady
    Plurali: boyskeysways
  2. mouse • man • foot • box
    Intruso: box
    Plurali: mice • men • feet
  3. beach • bee • cross • fax
    Intruso: bee
    Plurali: beaches • crosses • faxes
  4. thief • book • pen • window
    Intruso: thief
    Plurali: books • pens • windows
  5. party • diary • sky • monkey
    Intruso: monkey
    Plurali: parties • diaries • skies
  6. wife • half • proof • wolf
    Intruso: proof
    Plurali: wives • halves • wolves
  7. goose • tooth • wolf • person
    Intruso: wolf
    Plurali: geese • teeth • people
Livello A2-B1 Genitivo sassone

Individua le parole che non sono necessarie secondo le regole del genitivo sassone e riscrivi le frasi in modo corretto.

1. We visited Macy’s department store yesterday.

....................................................................................................................................................................

2. You can buy cosmetics at the chemist’s shop in England.

....................................................................................................................................................................

3. Why don’t you reserve a table at Vasco’s restaurant?

....................................................................................................................................................................

4. No, it isn’t mine, it’s Eric’s pen.

....................................................................................................................................................................

5. At present he is still in St. George’s hospital.

....................................................................................................................................................................

1. We visited Macy’s department store yesterday.

....................................................................................................................................................................

2. You can buy cosmetics at the chemist’s shop in England.

....................................................................................................................................................................

3. Why don’t you reserve a table at Vasco’s restaurant?

....................................................................................................................................................................

4. No, it isn’t mine, it’s Eric’s pen.

....................................................................................................................................................................

5. At present he is still in St. George’s hospital.

....................................................................................................................................................................

Soluzioni
  1. We visited Macy’s yesterday.
  2. You can buy cosmetics at the chemist’s in England.
  3. Why don’t you reserve a table at Vasco’s?
  4. No, it isn’t mine, it’s Eric’s.
  5. At present he is in St. George’s.
Livello A2 Articolo a/an: un, uno, una, un'
Inserisci i nomi all’interno del riquadro giusto.

money • hour • chocolate • box • ice • furniture • leg • house • instrument • garlic • friend • bread • salt • umbrella • year • ham • computer • pasta

Nomi numerabili (Countable nouns)

1. ........................................................

2. ​​​​​​​........................................................

3. ​​​​​​​........................................................

4. ​​​​​​​........................................................

5. ​​​​​​​........................................................

6. ​​​​​​​........................................................

7. ​​​​​​​........................................................

8. ​​​​​​​........................................................

9. ​​​​​​​........................................................

Nomi non numerabili (Uncountable nouns)

1. ​​​​​​​........................................................

2. ​​​​​​​........................................................

3. ​​​​​​​........................................................

4. ​​​​​​​........................................................

5. ​​​​​​​........................................................

6. ​​​​​​​........................................................

7. ​​​​​​​........................................................

8. ​​​​​​​........................................................

9. ​​​​​​​........................................................

money • hour • chocolate • box • ice • furniture • leg • house • instrument • garlic • friend • bread • salt • umbrella • year • ham • computer • pasta

Nomi numerabili (Countable nouns)

1. ........................................................

2. ​​​​​​​........................................................

3. ​​​​​​​........................................................

4. ​​​​​​​........................................................

5. ​​​​​​​........................................................

6. ​​​​​​​........................................................

7. ​​​​​​​........................................................

8. ​​​​​​​........................................................

9. ​​​​​​​........................................................

Nomi non numerabili (Uncountable nouns)

1. ​​​​​​​........................................................

2. ​​​​​​​........................................................

3. ​​​​​​​........................................................

4. ​​​​​​​........................................................

5. ​​​​​​​........................................................

6. ​​​​​​​........................................................

7. ​​​​​​​........................................................

8. ​​​​​​​........................................................

9. ​​​​​​​........................................................

Soluzioni

Nomi numerabili (Countable nouns)

1. hour

2. box

3. leg

4. house

5. instrument

6. friend

7. umbrella

8. year

9. computer

Nomi non numerabili (Uncountable nouns)

1. money

2. chocolate

3. ice

4. furniture

5. garlic

6. bread

7. salt

8. ham

9. pasta

Livello A2-B1 Pronomi personali complemento

Inserisci il pronome personale complemento corrispondente al pronome personale soggetto tra parentesi.

Esempio:
Don’t tell ......................... the truth. (she)
Don’t tell her the truth.

1. Mum is teaching .......................................... to ride a bike. (he)

2. Are you going out with ...........................................? (they)

3. Wait for ..............................................., please! We're on our way. (we)

4. I’ll send ........................................... an email. (you)

5. Can you give ........................................... your book, please? (I)

6. John wants to speak to ........................................... . (she)

7. We often meet ........................................... at the club. (they)

8. Mary loves ........................................... very much. (he)

Esempio:
Don’t tell ......................... the truth. (she)
Don’t tell her the truth.

1. Mum is teaching .......................................... to ride a bike. (he)

2. Are you going out with ...........................................? (they)

3. Wait for ..............................................., please! We're on our way. (we)

4. I’ll send ........................................... an email. (you)

5. Can you give ........................................... your book, please? (I)

6. John wants to speak to ........................................... . (she)

7. We often meet ........................................... at the club. (they)

8. Mary loves ........................................... very much. (he)

Soluzioni
  1. him
  2. them
  3. us
  4. you
  5. me
  6. her
  7. them
  8. him
Livello A2-B1 Forma in -ing del verbo (1)

Inserisci la forma in -ing o l’infinito dei seguenti verbi.

run • take • stay • cook • do • cycle • clean

  1. I don’t mind .......................... but I hate ......................................... .
  2. I prefer ............................................ at home when it rains.
  3. ........................................... is my favourite sport in summer.
  4. I sometimes like ................. my students to the museum.
  5. What do you like ..................................... in your spare time?
  6. Do you go ....................................... every day after work?

run • take • stay • cook • do • cycle • clean

  1. I don’t mind .......................... but I hate ......................................... .
  2. I prefer ............................................ at home when it rains.
  3. ........................................... is my favourite sport in summer.
  4. I sometimes like ................. my students to the museum.
  5. What do you like ..................................... in your spare time?
  6. Do you go ....................................... every day after work?
Soluzioni
  1. cooking, cleaning
  2. to stay
  3. Cycling
  4. to take
  5. doing
  6. running
Livello A2-B1 Interrogativi con wh...?

Inserisci la particella interrogativa corretta scegliendo tra who, what e which. Poi scrivi accanto alle frasi la sigla corretta per individuarne la funzione grammaticale: A (aggettivo), P (pronome), S (soggetto), CO (complemento oggetto) e CI (complemento indiretto).

Esempio:
...................... kind of music are you fond of?
What kind of music are you fond of? (A-CI)

  1. ...................................................... wants to come with me? (.....................)
  2. ...................................................... do you work for? (.....................)
  3. ...................................................... is the lady in the park? (.....................)
  4. ...................................................... are you thinking about? (.....................)
  5. ...................................................... bus goes to the station? (.....................)
  6. ...................................................... does your brother do? (.....................)
  7. ...................................................... shop are you going to? (.....................)
  8. ...................................................... are you going with? (.....................)
  9. ...................................................... of the two pictures do you prefer? (.....................)
  10. ...................................................... does she work for? (.....................)

Esempio:
...................... kind of music are you fond of?
What kind of music are you fond of? (A-CI)

  1. ...................................................... wants to come with me? (.....................)
  2. ...................................................... do you work for? (.....................)
  3. ...................................................... is the lady in the park? (.....................)
  4. ...................................................... are you thinking about? (.....................)
  5. ...................................................... bus goes to the station? (.....................)
  6. ...................................................... does your brother do? (.....................)
  7. ...................................................... shop are you going to? (.....................)
  8. ...................................................... are you going with? (.....................)
  9. ...................................................... of the two pictures do you prefer? (.....................)
  10. ...................................................... does she work for? (.....................)
Soluzioni
  1. Who wants to come with me? (P-S)
  2. Who do you work for? (P-CI)
  3. Who is the lady in the park? (P-S)
  4. What/Who are you thinking about? (P-CI)
  5. Which bus goes to the station? (A-S)
  6. Who does your brother do? (P-CO)
  7. Which shop are you going to? (A-CI)
  8. Who are you going with? (P-CI)
  9. Which of the two pictures do you prefer? (P-CO)
  10. Who does she work for? (P-CI)
Livello A2 Have got: avere, possedere

Inserisci le forme corrette di have got. Usa le forme contratte quando possibile.

Esempio: They’ve got a big car.

  1. I ................................................................... two cousins.
  2. I’m busy, I ................................................................... (not) much time.
  3. This flat is great, it ................................................................... a lot of space.
  4. ................................................................... she ................................................................... fair or dark hair?
  5. I’m not well today, I ................................................................... a terrible headache.
  6. ................................................................... you still ................................................................... a fever?
  7. We ................................................................... (not) a dog. We ................................................................... two cats.
  8. They ................................................................... (not) any relatives in our town.
  9. What kind of car ................................................................... your mother ...................................................................?

Esempio: They’ve got a big car.

  1. I ................................................................... two cousins.
  2. I’m busy, I ................................................................... (not) much time.
  3. This flat is great, it ................................................................... a lot of space.
  4. ................................................................... she ................................................................... fair or dark hair?
  5. I’m not well today, I ................................................................... a terrible headache.
  6. ................................................................... you still ................................................................... a fever?
  7. We ................................................................... (not) a dog. We ................................................................... two cats.
  8. They ................................................................... (not) any relatives in our town.
  9. What kind of car ................................................................... your mother ...................................................................?
Soluzioni
  1. I’ve got two cousins.
  2. I’m busy, I haven’t got much time.
  3. This flat is great, it’s got a lot of space.
  4. Has she got fair or dark hair?
  5. I’m not well today, I’ve got a terrible headache.
  6. Have you still got a fever?
  7. We haven’t got a dog. We’ve got two cats.
  8. They haven’t got any relatives in our town.
  9. What kind of car has your mother got?
Livello A2 Aggettivi possessivi
Inserisci l’aggettivo possessivo corretto.

Esempio: I am Tom and this is my brother Jason.

  1. Margaret is Canadian but ................................................................ mother is French.
  2. Thomas is a teacher and ................................................................. wife is an accountant.
  3. David and Ernest are tall but ........................................................ parents are short.
  4. That girl is very nice but .................................................................... boyfriend is rude.
  5. My husband and I are tired but ................................................. children are full of energy.
  6. The dog is black but ............................................................................ puppies are brown and white.
  7. I’m an architect and .............................................................................. brothers are journalists.

Esempio: I am Tom and this is my brother Jason.

  1. Margaret is Canadian but ................................................................ mother is French.
  2. Thomas is a teacher and ................................................................. wife is an accountant.
  3. David and Ernest are tall but ........................................................ parents are short.
  4. That girl is very nice but .................................................................... boyfriend is rude.
  5. My husband and I are tired but ................................................. children are full of energy.
  6. The dog is black but ............................................................................ puppies are brown and white.
  7. I’m an architect and .............................................................................. brothers are journalists.
Soluzioni
  1. her
  2. his
  3. their
  4. her
  5. our
  6. its
  7. my
Livello A2 Articolo a/an: un, uno, una, un'

Inserisci l’articolo a oppure an se necessario.

  1. “Is he .................................. English student?” “No, he’s .................................. Irish student.”
  2. He’s in bed with .................................. high fever.
  3. They go to the gym with their friends once .................................. week.
  4. “Are you .................................. English teacher?” “Yes, I am.”
  5. “Is that .................................. bread?” “Yes, it’s .................................. type of Sardinian bread.”
  6. “Is it .................................. oil?” “Yes, it’s .................................. genuine Italian olive oil.”
  7. “What is it?” “It’s .................................. new video game.”
  8. “What’s your job?” “I’m .................................. teacher and my husband is .................................. doctor.”
  9. “Is this wine?” “Yes, it’s .................................. Italian wine.”
  10. It’s .................................. sad story with .................................. unhappy ending.
  11. .................................. apple .................................. day keeps the doctor away.
  12. It’s .................................. interesting novel easy to read in .................................. couple of weeks.
  1. “Is he .................................. English student?” “No, he’s .................................. Irish student.”
  2. He’s in bed with .................................. high fever.
  3. They go to the gym with their friends once .................................. week.
  4. “Are you .................................. English teacher?” “Yes, I am.”
  5. “Is that .................................. bread?” “Yes, it’s .................................. type of Sardinian bread.”
  6. “Is it .................................. oil?” “Yes, it’s .................................. genuine Italian olive oil.”
  7. “What is it?” “It’s .................................. new video game.”
  8. “What’s your job?” “I’m .................................. teacher and my husband is .................................. doctor.”
  9. “Is this wine?” “Yes, it’s .................................. Italian wine.”
  10. It’s .................................. sad story with .................................. unhappy ending.
  11. .................................. apple .................................. day keeps the doctor away.
  12. It’s .................................. interesting novel easy to read in .................................. couple of weeks.
Soluzioni
  1. “Is he an English student?” “No, he’s an Irish student.”
  2. He’s in bed with a high fever.
  3. They go to the gym with their friends once a week.
  4. “Are you an English teacher?” “Yes, I am.”
  5. “Is that -- bread?” “Yes, it’s a type of Sardinian bread.”
  6. “Is it -- oil?” “Yes, it’s -- genuine Italian olive oil.”
  7. “What is it?” “It’s a new video game.”
  8. “What’s your job?” “I’m a teacher and my husband is a doctor.”
  9. “Is this wine?” “Yes, it’s an Italian wine.”
  10. It’s a sad story with an unhappy ending.
  11. An apple a day keeps the doctor away.
  12. It’s an interesting novel easy to read in a couple of weeks.
Livello A2 Present simple di To Be (essere)

Inserisci nelle seguenti frasi il verbo to be in forma negativa contratta.

Esempio: We aren't students.

  1. The boys .................................. in the garden.
  2. I .................................. English, I’m Irish.
  3. Mary .................................. my sister, she’s my cousin.
  4. It .................................. a diary, it’s an address book.
  5. You .................................. very kind, Paul!
  6. Mary and I .................................. cousins, we’re friends.
  7. The dog .................................. in the kennel.
  8. Your keys .................................. on the table.

Esempio: We aren't students.

  1. The boys .................................. in the garden.
  2. I .................................. English, I’m Irish.
  3. Mary .................................. my sister, she’s my cousin.
  4. It .................................. a diary, it’s an address book.
  5. You .................................. very kind, Paul!
  6. Mary and I .................................. cousins, we’re friends.
  7. The dog .................................. in the kennel.
  8. Your keys .................................. on the table.
Soluzioni
  1. The boys aren't in the garden.
  2. I'm not English, I’m Irish.
  3. Mary isn't my sister, she’s my cousin.
  4. It isn't a diary, it’s an address book.
  5. You aren't very kind, Paul!
  6. Mary and I aren't cousins, we’re friends.
  7. The dog isn't in the kennel.
  8. Your keys aren't on the table.
Livello A2-B1 Preposizioni di tempo: at, in, on

La madre di Mary è molto arrabbiata con lei. Costruisci frasi di senso compiuto con le parole date e scoprirai il perché.

  1. She / not study / the afternoon
    ......................................................................................................................................
  2. She always / stay out / night.
    ....................................................................................................................................

  3. She never / arrive / at school / time.
    ....................................................................................................................................

  4.  She never / help / in the house / weekends.
    ....................................................................................................................................

  5. She never / come back / lunchtime.
    ....................................................................................................................................

  6. She / not want / get up / Monday mornings.
    ....................................................................................................................................

  1. She / not study / the afternoon
    ......................................................................................................................................
  2. She always / stay out / night.
    ....................................................................................................................................

  3. She never / arrive / at school / time.
    ....................................................................................................................................

  4.  She never / help / in the house / weekends.
    ....................................................................................................................................

  5. She never / come back / lunchtime.
    ....................................................................................................................................

  6. She / not want / get up / Monday mornings.
    ....................................................................................................................................

Soluzioni
  1. She doesn’t study in the afternoon.
  2. She always stays out at night.

  3. She never arrives at school on time.

  4. She never helps in the house at weekends.

  5. She never comes back at lunchtime.

  6. She doesn’t want to get up on Monday mornings.

Livello A2-B1 Present continuous VS Present simple

Le frasi contengono errori nell’uso del present simple e present continuous. Scrivi le frasi corrette.

  1. We are playing tennis twice a week, but next week we don’t play.
    .....................................................................................................................................
    .....................................................................................................................................
  2. He doesn’t never watch TV after dinner. He is reading a book instead.
    .....................................................................................................................................
    .....................................................................................................................................
  3. Lucy constantly comes to the office late. Her colleagues are hating her.
    .....................................................................................................................................
    .....................................................................................................................................
  4. Does your father practises any sports? Yes, he playes tennis once a week.
    .....................................................................................................................................
    .....................................................................................................................................
  5. I’m not thinking that’s her number. Aren’t you remembering it?
    .....................................................................................................................................
    .....................................................................................................................................
  6. She always criticises everybody! We are not liking her.
    .....................................................................................................................................
    .....................................................................................................................................
  7. The concert start at 9 p.m. A lot of young people queue outside to get in first.
    .....................................................................................................................................
    .....................................................................................................................................
  8. I’m not liking my new haircut.
    .....................................................................................................................................
    .....................................................................................................................................
  1. We are playing tennis twice a week, but next week we don’t play.
    .....................................................................................................................................
    .....................................................................................................................................
  2. He doesn’t never watch TV after dinner. He is reading a book instead.
    .....................................................................................................................................
    .....................................................................................................................................
  3. Lucy constantly comes to the office late. Her colleagues are hating her.
    .....................................................................................................................................
    .....................................................................................................................................
  4. Does your father practises any sports? Yes, he playes tennis once a week.
    .....................................................................................................................................
    .....................................................................................................................................
  5. I’m not thinking that’s her number. Aren’t you remembering it?
    .....................................................................................................................................
    .....................................................................................................................................
  6. She always criticises everybody! We are not liking her.
    .....................................................................................................................................
    .....................................................................................................................................
  7. The concert start at 9 p.m. A lot of young people queue outside to get in first.
    .....................................................................................................................................
    .....................................................................................................................................
  8. I’m not liking my new haircut.
    .....................................................................................................................................
    .....................................................................................................................................
Soluzioni
  1. We play tennis twice a week, but next week we aren’t playing.
  2. He never watches TV after dinner. He reads a book instead.
  3. Lucy is constantly coming to the office late. Her colleagues hate her.
  4. “Does your father practise any sports?” “Yes, he plays tennis once a week.”
  5. I don’t think that’s her number. Do you remember it?
  6. She always criticises everybody! We don’t like her!
  7. The concert starts at 9 p.m. A lot of young people are queuing outside to get in first.
  8. I don’t like my new haircut.
Livello A2-B1 Present continuous VS Present simple
Leggi ciò che dicono queste due persone. Completa con la forma giusta dei verbi dati e rispondi oralmente alle domande.

Robert:

I’m a taxi-driver. I usually .............................................. (work) from 9.30 p.m to 5.30 a.m but today I ......................................... (work) all day long because trains and buses ............................................. (not run). There is a public transport strike. Right now I ..................................... (take) a businesswoman to work. She always ......................................... (take) the train to work but today she can’t. I ............................................. (make) a lot of money today!

  1. What ............................................. Robert ............................................. ? (do)
  2. ............................................. he ............................................. in the morning? (work)
  3. Why ............................................. he ............................................. all day long today? (work)
  4. What ............................................. he ............................................. at the moment? (do)
  5. How ............................................. the businesswoman usually ............................................. to work? (go)

Ryan:

I am married. My wife Judy is a teacher and I’m an accountant, but we ..................................... (work, not) today. Both school and office are closed because of the snow, so we ........................... (have) a day off. I ..................................... (not see) Judy much during the week, so today we ........................ (go) for a walk through the woods near our house. We usually .................... (wear) ski boots when it snows because we ........................... (live) in the mountains.

  1. What ............................................. Ryan and Judy ............................................. ? (do)
  2. Why ............................................. they ............................................. today? (work, not)
  3. ............................................. Ryan often ............................................. Judy during the week? (see)
  4. What ............................................. they ............................................. today? (do)
  5. Why ............................................. they wear ski boots when it ............................................. ? (wear / snow)

Robert:

I’m a taxi-driver. I usually .............................................. (work) from 9.30 p.m to 5.30 a.m but today I ......................................... (work) all day long because trains and buses ............................................. (not run). There is a public transport strike. Right now I ..................................... (take) a businesswoman to work. She always ......................................... (take) the train to work but today she can’t. I ............................................. (make) a lot of money today!

  1. What ............................................. Robert ............................................. ? (do)
  2. ............................................. he ............................................. in the morning? (work)
  3. Why ............................................. he ............................................. all day long today? (work)
  4. What ............................................. he ............................................. at the moment? (do)
  5. How ............................................. the businesswoman usually ............................................. to work? (go)

Ryan:

I am married. My wife Judy is a teacher and I’m an accountant, but we ..................................... (work, not) today. Both school and office are closed because of the snow, so we ........................... (have) a day off. I ..................................... (not see) Judy much during the week, so today we ........................ (go) for a walk through the woods near our house. We usually .................... (wear) ski boots when it snows because we ........................... (live) in the mountains.

  1. What ............................................. Ryan and Judy ............................................. ? (do)
  2. Why ............................................. they ............................................. today? (work, not)
  3. ............................................. Ryan often ............................................. Judy during the week? (see)
  4. What ............................................. they ............................................. today? (do)
  5. Why ............................................. they wear ski boots when it ............................................. ? (wear / snow)
Soluzioni

Robert:

I’m a taxi-driver. I usually work from 9.30 p.m to 5.30 a.m. but today I’m working all day long because trains and buses are not running. There is a public transport strike. Right now I’m taking a businesswoman to work. She always takes the train to work but today she can’t. I’m making a lot of money today!

Questions and answers
1. What does Robert do? He’s a taxi-driver.
2. Does he work in the morning? No, he works at night.
3. Why is he working all day long today? Because there’s a public transport strike.
4. What is he doing at the moment? He’s taking a businesswoman to work.
5. How does the businesswoman usually go to work? She usually takes the train.

Ryan:

I am married. My wife Judy is a teacher and I’m an accountant, but we are not working today. Both school and office are closed because of the snow, so we are having a day off. I don’t see Judy much during the week, so today we are going for a walk through the woods near our house. We usually wear ski boots when it snows because we live in the mountains.

Questions and answers
1. What do Ryan and Judy do? Ryan is an accountant and Judy is a teacher.
2. Why aren’t they working today? Because of the snow.
3. Does Ryan often see Judy during the week? No, not much.
4. What are they doing today? They are going for a walk.
5. Why do they wear ski boots when it snows? Because they live in the mountains.

Livello A2-B1 Altre preposizioni di tempo
Leggi e seleziona l'alternativa corretta

1. I always sleep ........... 9 ........... Sundays.

 from... to

 until... on

 at... to

2. My wife is always at home ........... the time I arrive.

 on

 during

 by

3. The taxi usually arrives ........... ten minutes.

 within

 at

 until

4. I’ve got a country house ........... the hills.

 in

 on

 at

5. My uncle works ........... a farm.

 on

 at

 in

6. Temperatures are quite mild ........... the year.

 over

 before

 throughout

7. Do you think you will be ready ........... 8 a.m.?

 until

 by

 within

8. The bus is arriving ........... a few minutes.

 before

 in

 at

9. I never find a seat ........... the bus to school.

 in

 on

 at

10. I live ........... 15 Green Street.

 at

 on

 in

1. I always sleep ........... 9 ........... Sundays.

 from... to

 until... on

 at... to

2. My wife is always at home ........... the time I arrive.

 on

 during

 by

3. The taxi usually arrives ........... ten minutes.

 within

 at

 until

4. I’ve got a country house ........... the hills.

 in

 on

 at

5. My uncle works ........... a farm.

 on

 at

 in

6. Temperatures are quite mild ........... the year.

 over

 before

 throughout

7. Do you think you will be ready ........... 8 a.m.?

 until

 by

 within

8. The bus is arriving ........... a few minutes.

 before

 in

 at

9. I never find a seat ........... the bus to school.

 in

 on

 at

10. I live ........... 15 Green Street.

 at

 on

 in

Soluzioni
  1. until... on
  2. by
  3. within
  4. in
  5. on
  6. throughout
  7. by
  8. in
  9. on
  10. at
Livello A2-B1 Present continuous

Leggi il contenuto della cartolina e inserisci il present continuous dei verbi tra parentesi.

Dear Diana,

Guess where I am? I ...................................................... (write) from San Francisco, where I .................................................. (stay) for a month at my aunt’s. The city is great, and I ........................................................ (have) a wonderful time with two American friends, Anne and Paul.

I ............................................................ (take) a windsurfing course with them. It’s very difficult, but I hope to be good by the end of my stay. Paul and Anne ...................................................... (come) back to Rome with me. They ...................................................... (spend) some time in Italy next September because they want to learn Italian.

They ...................................................... always ......................................................... (ask) me questions about Italy. They really like our country. I am sure you ...................................................... (enjoy) your holidays too at your summer house in Spain.

Bye for now, Alice

Dear Diana,

Guess where I am? I ...................................................... (write) from San Francisco, where I .................................................. (stay) for a month at my aunt’s. The city is great, and I ........................................................ (have) a wonderful time with two American friends, Anne and Paul.

I ............................................................ (take) a windsurfing course with them. It’s very difficult, but I hope to be good by the end of my stay. Paul and Anne ...................................................... (come) back to Rome with me. They ...................................................... (spend) some time in Italy next September because they want to learn Italian.

They ...................................................... always ......................................................... (ask) me questions about Italy. They really like our country. I am sure you ...................................................... (enjoy) your holidays too at your summer house in Spain.

Bye for now, Alice

Soluzioni

Dear Diana,
Guess where I am? I’m writing from San Francisco, where I am staying for a month at my aunt’s. The city is great, and I’m having a wonderful time with two American friends, Anne and Paul.
I’m taking a windsurfing course with them. It’s very difficult but I hope to be good by the end of my stay. Paul and Anne are coming back to Rome with me. They are spending some time in Italy next September because they want to learn Italian. They are always asking me questions about Italy. They really like our country.
I am sure you are enjoying your holidays too at your summer house in Spain.
Bye for now,
Alice

Livello A2 Comprensione del testo
Leggi il dialogo e poi completa con le informazioni richieste al fondo, quando possibile.

(Airport announcement) Flights to Copenhagen and Zurich are delayed. Please wait in the lounge for further announcements and check the monitors for information.

Max: Oh no! Not again! It’s always late on Sundays.
Jane: Yes, you’re right. It’s terrible. Where are you going?
Max: I’m going to Copenhagen. I’m in a hurry, because I’m getting married tomorrow morning.
Jane: Oh! Congratulations!
Max: Thank you. And where are you going?
Jane: I’m going to Zurich to see a friend.
Max: Oh I see. By the way, my name’s Max, Max Robinson. I’m from Australia.
Jane: Oh really? I’m from Melbourne, where exactly are you from?
Max: Well I’m from Melbourne too. I’m an architect. What’s your name?
Jane: Jane, Jane Cunningham. I’m a journalist for the Melbourne Age.
Max: Oh yes, your name is familiar. It’s sometimes on the front page. You’re young and famous.
Jane: I’m 29 years old. My star sign is Leo. We’re ambitious people. What about you?
Max: I’m an Aries, always in a hurry. Are you thirsty?
Jane: Yes, let’s have a drink from the machine over there.
Max: Hmm, er, what’s your address in Melbourne?
Jane: My address is 64 Elizabeth Street, Carlton but I’m not at home very much. My email address is jane.cunningham@one.net.au. This is my card. What’s your email address?
Max: It’s max.rob@ozemail.com.au. Here’s my card. Oh, look at the monitor! Our flights are ready for boarding.
Jane: Yes, you’re right. Well, good luck for tomorrow.
Max: Thanks, you too.
 

HIS

  • Name
    .........................................................
  • Surname
    .........................................................
  • Hometown
    .........................................................
  • email address
    .........................................................
  • Age
    .........................................................
  • Occupation
    .........................................................
  • Destination
    ​​​​​​​.........................................................
  • Marital status
    ​​​​​​​.........................................................
  • Star sign
    ​​​​​​​.........................................................
    ​​​​​​

HER

  • Name
    .........................................................
  • Surname
    .........................................................
  • Hometown
    .........................................................
  • email address
    ​​​​​​​.........................................................
  • Age
    ​​​​​​​.........................................................
  • Occupation
    ​​​​​​​.........................................................
  • Destination
    ​​​​​​​.........................................................
  • Marital status
    ​​​​​​​.........................................................
  • Star sign
    ​​​​​​​.........................................................
    ​​​​​​​

(Airport announcement) Flights to Copenhagen and Zurich are delayed. Please wait in the lounge for further announcements and check the monitors for information.

Max: Oh no! Not again! It’s always late on Sundays.
Jane: Yes, you’re right. It’s terrible. Where are you going?
Max: I’m going to Copenhagen. I’m in a hurry, because I’m getting married tomorrow morning.
Jane: Oh! Congratulations!
Max: Thank you. And where are you going?
Jane: I’m going to Zurich to see a friend.
Max: Oh I see. By the way, my name’s Max, Max Robinson. I’m from Australia.
Jane: Oh really? I’m from Melbourne, where exactly are you from?
Max: Well I’m from Melbourne too. I’m an architect. What’s your name?
Jane: Jane, Jane Cunningham. I’m a journalist for the Melbourne Age.
Max: Oh yes, your name is familiar. It’s sometimes on the front page. You’re young and famous.
Jane: I’m 29 years old. My star sign is Leo. We’re ambitious people. What about you?
Max: I’m an Aries, always in a hurry. Are you thirsty?
Jane: Yes, let’s have a drink from the machine over there.
Max: Hmm, er, what’s your address in Melbourne?
Jane: My address is 64 Elizabeth Street, Carlton but I’m not at home very much. My email address is jane.cunningham@one.net.au. This is my card. What’s your email address?
Max: It’s max.rob@ozemail.com.au. Here’s my card. Oh, look at the monitor! Our flights are ready for boarding.
Jane: Yes, you’re right. Well, good luck for tomorrow.
Max: Thanks, you too.
 

HIS

  • Name
    .........................................................
  • Surname
    .........................................................
  • Hometown
    .........................................................
  • email address
    .........................................................
  • Age
    .........................................................
  • Occupation
    .........................................................
  • Destination
    ​​​​​​​.........................................................
  • Marital status
    ​​​​​​​.........................................................
  • Star sign
    ​​​​​​​.........................................................
    ​​​​​​

HER

  • Name
    .........................................................
  • Surname
    .........................................................
  • Hometown
    .........................................................
  • email address
    ​​​​​​​.........................................................
  • Age
    ​​​​​​​.........................................................
  • Occupation
    ​​​​​​​.........................................................
  • Destination
    ​​​​​​​.........................................................
  • Marital status
    ​​​​​​​.........................................................
  • Star sign
    ​​​​​​​.........................................................
    ​​​​​​​
Soluzioni
  • Name: HIS: Max; HER: Jane.
  • Surname: HIS: Robinson; HER: Cunningham.
  • Hometown: HIS: Melbourne; HER: Melbourne.
  • Email address: HIS: max.rob@ozemail.com.au; HER: jane.cunningham@one.net.au.
  • Age: HIS: unknown; HER: 29.
  • Occupation: HIS: architect; HER: journalist.
  • Destination: HIS: Copenhagen; HER: Zurich.
  • Marital status: HIS: engaged; HER: unknown;
  • Star sign: HIS: Aries; HER: Leo.
Livello A2-B1 Avverbi di frequenza: espressioni di tempo, Present continuous VS Present simple
Leggi il dialogo e rispondi alle domande.

Maggie: 02 086 573 642. Hello?

Brian: Can I speak to Maggie, please?

Maggie: Yes, speaking.

Brian: Oh, hello. It’s Brian from the office.

Maggie: Oh, how are you Brian?

Brian: Fine, thanks. What are you doing on this grey Monday evening?

Maggie: Nothing special. I’m just preparing a quick dinner and then at 8 o’clock I’m meeting my Japanese friend Tomoko at the pub. Do you speak Japanese?

Brian: No, I don’t speak any foreign languages. Are you free tomorrow evening?

Maggie: No, I’m sorry I’m not. I’m taking my parents to a performance of Othello at the Royal Court Theatre.

Brian: Oh, I see. What about Wednesday evening?

Maggie: Wednesday? Oh, I’m sorry. I always go to Tai Chi lessons at 7 o’clock on Wednesdays.

Brian: What a pity! I’m going to an important boxing match and I have two tickets.

Maggie: I don’t like boxing. I prefer martial arts.

Brian: Do you like tennis? I often play doubles on Thursday evenings. We can play together.

Maggie: Actually I prefer squash. In fact, I’m playing squash this Thursday. I usually play squash twice a week with my French friend, Pierre.

Brian: You certainly have a very active life. What are you doing on Friday evening?

Maggie: I never go out on Fridays because I baby-sit for my sister.

Brian: How about the weekend? Are you free?

Maggie: No, I’m afraid I’m not. I’m going to Manchester. My cousin is getting married on Saturday and I’m catching the 9 o’clock train back on Sunday night.

Brian: Oh, well. Never mind. Maybe next week. Bye Maggie.

Maggie: Bye Brian. Thanks for calling. See you at the office.

 

Rispondi alle domande.

Esempio: What is Maggie doing on Monday evening? She’s meeting her friend at the pub.

  1. Where is she going on Tuesday night? ..............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
  2. What does she do on Wednesdays? ..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
  3. Does she like boxing? .........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
  4. Is she playing tennis on Thursday? ...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
  5. Why does she never go out on Fridays? ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
  6. Does Brian ever play tennis? ..............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Maggie: 02 086 573 642. Hello?

Brian: Can I speak to Maggie, please?

Maggie: Yes, speaking.

Brian: Oh, hello. It’s Brian from the office.

Maggie: Oh, how are you Brian?

Brian: Fine, thanks. What are you doing on this grey Monday evening?

Maggie: Nothing special. I’m just preparing a quick dinner and then at 8 o’clock I’m meeting my Japanese friend Tomoko at the pub. Do you speak Japanese?

Brian: No, I don’t speak any foreign languages. Are you free tomorrow evening?

Maggie: No, I’m sorry I’m not. I’m taking my parents to a performance of Othello at the Royal Court Theatre.

Brian: Oh, I see. What about Wednesday evening?

Maggie: Wednesday? Oh, I’m sorry. I always go to Tai Chi lessons at 7 o’clock on Wednesdays.

Brian: What a pity! I’m going to an important boxing match and I have two tickets.

Maggie: I don’t like boxing. I prefer martial arts.

Brian: Do you like tennis? I often play doubles on Thursday evenings. We can play together.

Maggie: Actually I prefer squash. In fact, I’m playing squash this Thursday. I usually play squash twice a week with my French friend, Pierre.

Brian: You certainly have a very active life. What are you doing on Friday evening?

Maggie: I never go out on Fridays because I baby-sit for my sister.

Brian: How about the weekend? Are you free?

Maggie: No, I’m afraid I’m not. I’m going to Manchester. My cousin is getting married on Saturday and I’m catching the 9 o’clock train back on Sunday night.

Brian: Oh, well. Never mind. Maybe next week. Bye Maggie.

Maggie: Bye Brian. Thanks for calling. See you at the office.

 

Rispondi alle domande.

Esempio: What is Maggie doing on Monday evening? She’s meeting her friend at the pub.

  1. Where is she going on Tuesday night? ..............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
  2. What does she do on Wednesdays? ..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
  3. Does she like boxing? .........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
  4. Is she playing tennis on Thursday? ...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
  5. Why does she never go out on Fridays? ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
  6. Does Brian ever play tennis? ..............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Soluzioni
  1. She’s going to the Royal Court Theatre.
  2. She always goes to Tai Chi lessons.
  3. No, she doesn’t.
  4. No, she isn’t. She’s playing squash. 
  5. Because she baby-sits for her sister. 6. Yes, he does.
Livello A2 Present simple di To Be (essere)

Leggi il dialogo. Completa le domande con il verbo to be e rispondi usando le informazioni relative a Max Robinson.

(Airport announcement) Flights to Copenhagen and Zurich are delayed. Please wait in the lounge for further announcements and check the monitors for information.

Max: Oh no! Not again! It’s always late on Sundays.
Jane: Yes, you’re right. It’s terrible. Where are you going?
Max: I’m going to Copenhagen. I’m in a hurry, because I’m getting married tomorrow morning.
Jane: Oh! Congratulations!
Max: Thank you. And where are you going?
Jane: I’m going to Zurich to see a friend.
Max: Oh I see. By the way, my name’s Max, Max Robinson. I’m from Australia.
Jane: Oh really? I’m from Melbourne, where exactly are you from?
Max: Well I’m from Melbourne too. I’m an architect. What’s your name?
Jane: Jane, Jane Cunningham. I’m a journalist for the Melbourne Age.
Max: Oh yes, your name is familiar. It’s sometimes on the front page. You’re young and famous.
Jane: I’m 29 years old. My star sign is Leo. We’re ambitious people. What about you?
Max: I’m an Aries, always in a hurry. Are you thirsty?
Jane: Yes, let’s have a drink from the machine over there.
Max: Hmm, er, what’s your address in Melbourne?
Jane: My address is 64 Elizabeth Street, Carlton but I’m not at home very much. My email address is jane.cunningham@one.net.au. This is my card. What’s your email address?
Max: It’s max.rob@ozemail.com.au. Here’s my card. Oh, look at the monitor! Our flights are ready for boarding.
Jane: Yes, you’re right. Well, good luck for tomorrow.
Max: Thanks, you too.

 

  1. What .............................................. your name? ............................................................................................................................................
  2. What .............................................. your surname? ............................................................................................................................................
  3. Where ........................................... you from? ............................................................................................................................................
  4. What .............................................. your email address? ............................................................................................................................................
  5. What .............................................. your job? ............................................................................................................................................
  6. Where ........................................... you going? ............................................................................................................................................
  7. .............................................................. you married? ............................................................................................................................................
  8. What star sign ...................... you?

(Airport announcement) Flights to Copenhagen and Zurich are delayed. Please wait in the lounge for further announcements and check the monitors for information.

Max: Oh no! Not again! It’s always late on Sundays.
Jane: Yes, you’re right. It’s terrible. Where are you going?
Max: I’m going to Copenhagen. I’m in a hurry, because I’m getting married tomorrow morning.
Jane: Oh! Congratulations!
Max: Thank you. And where are you going?
Jane: I’m going to Zurich to see a friend.
Max: Oh I see. By the way, my name’s Max, Max Robinson. I’m from Australia.
Jane: Oh really? I’m from Melbourne, where exactly are you from?
Max: Well I’m from Melbourne too. I’m an architect. What’s your name?
Jane: Jane, Jane Cunningham. I’m a journalist for the Melbourne Age.
Max: Oh yes, your name is familiar. It’s sometimes on the front page. You’re young and famous.
Jane: I’m 29 years old. My star sign is Leo. We’re ambitious people. What about you?
Max: I’m an Aries, always in a hurry. Are you thirsty?
Jane: Yes, let’s have a drink from the machine over there.
Max: Hmm, er, what’s your address in Melbourne?
Jane: My address is 64 Elizabeth Street, Carlton but I’m not at home very much. My email address is jane.cunningham@one.net.au. This is my card. What’s your email address?
Max: It’s max.rob@ozemail.com.au. Here’s my card. Oh, look at the monitor! Our flights are ready for boarding.
Jane: Yes, you’re right. Well, good luck for tomorrow.
Max: Thanks, you too.

 

  1. What .............................................. your name? ............................................................................................................................................
  2. What .............................................. your surname? ............................................................................................................................................
  3. Where ........................................... you from? ............................................................................................................................................
  4. What .............................................. your email address? ............................................................................................................................................
  5. What .............................................. your job? ............................................................................................................................................
  6. Where ........................................... you going? ............................................................................................................................................
  7. .............................................................. you married? ............................................................................................................................................
  8. What star sign ...................... you?
Soluzioni
  1. What is/What’s your name? My name’s Max.
  2. What is/What’s your surname? It’s Robinson/ My surname’s Robinson.
  3. Where are you from? I’m from Melbourne, Australia.
  4. What is/What’s your email address? It’s Max.Rob@ozemail.com.
  5. What is/What’s your job? I’m an architect.
  6. Where are you going? Copenhagen.
  7. Are you married? No, I’m not.
  8. What star sign are you? I’m an Aries.
Livello A2-B1 Interrogativi con wh...?

Leggi il seguente brano e formula domande per le informazioni in corsivo servendoti delle parole date.

Robert’s holidays

During my seaside holidays I always have a wonderful time with my cousins (1). Every summer we meet three friends (2) from Germany (3). We speak English (4) to them, and often go out together at night. When it is cloudy, we stay in my flat (5) where we listen to some music (6). We often organise parties together. We normally write down the names of friends (7) to invite, and prepare a list of the things to buy.

  1. Robert / to the seaside / with / ? .................................................................................................................................................................................
  2. friends / they / meet / every summer / ? / How many ..............................................................................................................................................
  3. they / from / ? / Where ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
  4. language / speak together? ........................................................................................................................................................................................
  5. they do / cloudy? ..........................................................................................................................................................................................................
  6. they / listen to? .............................................................................................................................................................................................................
  7. they / write down? .......................................................................................................................................................................................................

Robert’s holidays

During my seaside holidays I always have a wonderful time with my cousins (1). Every summer we meet three friends (2) from Germany (3). We speak English (4) to them, and often go out together at night. When it is cloudy, we stay in my flat (5) where we listen to some music (6). We often organise parties together. We normally write down the names of friends (7) to invite, and prepare a list of the things to buy.

  1. Robert / to the seaside / with / ? .................................................................................................................................................................................
  2. friends / they / meet / every summer / ? / How many ..............................................................................................................................................
  3. they / from / ? / Where ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
  4. language / speak together? ........................................................................................................................................................................................
  5. they do / cloudy? ..........................................................................................................................................................................................................
  6. they / listen to? .............................................................................................................................................................................................................
  7. they / write down? .......................................................................................................................................................................................................
Soluzioni
  1. Who does Robert go to the seaside with?
  2. friends do they meet every summer?
  3. Where are they from?
  4. Which language do they speak together?
  5. What do they do when it is cloudy?
  6. What do they listen to?
  7. What do they write down?
Livello A2-B1 Avverbi di frequenza: espressioni di tempo

Leggi il seguente brano e rispondi alle domande con frasi complete.

Andrew’s life

Andrew Smith’s life runs smoothly. He is a very happy man. He lives in a big house in Scotland and works for the post office. He gets up at 7 a.m. and has a big breakfast. Then he drives to work in his Rover. He has lunch in a café with his boss, and he finishes work late in the afternoon. When he gets home he watches TV for an hour. He has dinner with his wife and goes to bed at 9:30 p.m.

  1. Is Andrew Smith happy? ..................................................................................................................................................................................
  2. What time does he get up? ..................................................................................................................................................................................
  3. Where does he live? ..................................................................................................................................................................................
  4. How does he go to work? ..................................................................................................................................................................................
  5. What type of car has he got? ..................................................................................................................................................................................
  6. Does he have lunch at home? ..................................................................................................................................................................................
  7. When does he finish work? ..................................................................................................................................................................................
  8. Does he go to bed early? ..................................................................................................................................................................................

Andrew’s life

Andrew Smith’s life runs smoothly. He is a very happy man. He lives in a big house in Scotland and works for the post office. He gets up at 7 a.m. and has a big breakfast. Then he drives to work in his Rover. He has lunch in a café with his boss, and he finishes work late in the afternoon. When he gets home he watches TV for an hour. He has dinner with his wife and goes to bed at 9:30 p.m.

  1. Is Andrew Smith happy? ..................................................................................................................................................................................
  2. What time does he get up? ..................................................................................................................................................................................
  3. Where does he live? ..................................................................................................................................................................................
  4. How does he go to work? ..................................................................................................................................................................................
  5. What type of car has he got? ..................................................................................................................................................................................
  6. Does he have lunch at home? ..................................................................................................................................................................................
  7. When does he finish work? ..................................................................................................................................................................................
  8. Does he go to bed early? ..................................................................................................................................................................................
Soluzioni
  1. Yes, he is.
  2. He gets up at 7 a.m.
  3. He lives in a big house in Scotland.
  4. He goes by car.
  5. He’s got a Rover.
  6. No, he has lunch in a café with his boss.
  7. He finishes work late in the afternoon.
  8. Yes, he does.
Livello A2 Comprensione del testo
Leggi il testo e rispondi alle domande che seguono.

Croydon

Croydon is a very large suburb in South London, with a population of about 380,000. It isn’t particularly beautiful, but it is popular because it has two very big shopping centres, and a lot of interesting shops which are close to East Croydon station.

This extremely busy station has frequent and direct trains to central London and also to Gatwick Airport and the seaside town of Brighton. Croydon also has an excellent tram network. Its green trams are fast, reliable and very comfortable, and don’t pollute the environment. Near East Croydon station is Boxpark, where you can eat fantastic street food from all over the world. There is also Beatbox with a calendar of diverse events including cinema, live music, creative workshops, art exhibitions, comedy nights and an indoor market.

The famous outdoor market in Surry Street dates back to 1276. It is lively and friendly, and the fresh fruit and vegetables are not expensive. On Sundays there is interactive street theatre and musical entertainment. Not far from the market is the Ludoquist café, where you can play board games and eat fresh pizza.

 

Glossary

reliable: affidabile; board games: giochi da tavolo

 

  1. Why is Croydon popular? .....................................................................................................................................................................................................
  2. What are the trams like? ......................................................................................................................................................................................................
  3. Why is East Croydon railway station convenient? .............................................................................................................................................................
  4. What can you eat at Boxpark? ............................................................................................................................................................................................
  5. Where can you buy fresh fruit and vegetables? .................................................................................................................................................................

Croydon

Croydon is a very large suburb in South London, with a population of about 380,000. It isn’t particularly beautiful, but it is popular because it has two very big shopping centres, and a lot of interesting shops which are close to East Croydon station.

This extremely busy station has frequent and direct trains to central London and also to Gatwick Airport and the seaside town of Brighton. Croydon also has an excellent tram network. Its green trams are fast, reliable and very comfortable, and don’t pollute the environment. Near East Croydon station is Boxpark, where you can eat fantastic street food from all over the world. There is also Beatbox with a calendar of diverse events including cinema, live music, creative workshops, art exhibitions, comedy nights and an indoor market.

The famous outdoor market in Surry Street dates back to 1276. It is lively and friendly, and the fresh fruit and vegetables are not expensive. On Sundays there is interactive street theatre and musical entertainment. Not far from the market is the Ludoquist café, where you can play board games and eat fresh pizza.

 

Glossary

reliable: affidabile; board games: giochi da tavolo

 

  1. Why is Croydon popular? .....................................................................................................................................................................................................
  2. What are the trams like? ......................................................................................................................................................................................................
  3. Why is East Croydon railway station convenient? .............................................................................................................................................................
  4. What can you eat at Boxpark? ............................................................................................................................................................................................
  5. Where can you buy fresh fruit and vegetables? .................................................................................................................................................................
Soluzioni
  1. Because it has two big shopping centres and a lot of interesting shops.
  2. They are fast, reliable and very comfortable.
  3. Because it has frequent and direct trains to central London and also to Gatwick Airport and the seaside town of Brighton.
  4. You can eat fantastic street food from all over the world.
  5. At the famous outdoor market in Surry Street.
Livello A2-B1 Avverbi di frequenza: espressioni di tempo, Present continuous VS Present simple

Leggi la conversazione al telefono fra Brian e Maggie.

Maggie: 02 086 573 642. Hello?

Brian: Can I speak to Maggie, please?

Maggie: Yes, speaking.

Brian: Oh, hello. It’s Brian from the office.

Maggie: Oh, how are you Brian?

Brian: Fine, thanks. What are you doing on this grey Monday evening?

Maggie: Nothing special. I’m just preparing a quick dinner and then at 8 o’clock I’m meeting my Japanese friend Tomoko at the pub. Do you speak Japanese?

Brian: No, I don’t speak any foreign languages. Are you free tomorrow evening?

Maggie: No, I’m sorry I’m not. I’m taking my parents to a performance of Othello at the Royal Court Theatre.

Brian: Oh, I see. What about Wednesday evening?

Maggie: Wednesday? Oh, I’m sorry. I always go to Tai Chi lessons at 7 o’clock on Wednesdays.

Brian: What a pity! I’m going to an important boxing match and I have two tickets.

Maggie: I don’t like boxing. I prefer martial arts.

Brian: Do you like tennis? I often play doubles on Thursday evenings. We can play together.

Maggie: Actually I prefer squash. In fact, I’m playing squash this Thursday. I usually play squash twice a week with my French friend, Pierre.

Brian: You certainly have a very active life. What are you doing on Friday evening?

Maggie: I never go out on Fridays because I baby-sit for my sister.

Brian: How about the weekend? Are you free?

Maggie: No, I’m afraid I’m not. I’m going to Manchester. My cousin is getting married on Saturday and I’m catching the 9 o’clock train back on Sunday night.

Brian: Oh, well. Never mind. Maybe next week. Bye Maggie.

Maggie: Bye Brian. Thanks for calling. See you at the office.

 

Indica se le frasi che seguono sono vere (T) o false (F).

  1. Maggie is watching TV at the moment.  [ T ]  [ F ]
  2. Maggie usually plays tennis during the week.  [ T ]  [ F ]
  3. Brian often plays tennis on Thursdays.  [ T ]  [ F ]
  4. Maggie goes to Manchester twice a week.  [ T ]  [ F ]
  5. Maggie doesn’t like boxing.  [ T ]  [ F ]
  6. Maggie usually plays squash once a week.  [ T ]  [ F ]
  7. Maggie is going to the theatre with her parents on Tuesday evening.  [ T ]  [ F ]
  8. Brian speaks French.  [ T ]  [ F ]
  9. Maggie is going to the pub on Monday evening.  [ T ]  [ F ]
  10. Maggie always goes out on Friday.  [ T ]  [ F ]

Maggie: 02 086 573 642. Hello?

Brian: Can I speak to Maggie, please?

Maggie: Yes, speaking.

Brian: Oh, hello. It’s Brian from the office.

Maggie: Oh, how are you Brian?

Brian: Fine, thanks. What are you doing on this grey Monday evening?

Maggie: Nothing special. I’m just preparing a quick dinner and then at 8 o’clock I’m meeting my Japanese friend Tomoko at the pub. Do you speak Japanese?

Brian: No, I don’t speak any foreign languages. Are you free tomorrow evening?

Maggie: No, I’m sorry I’m not. I’m taking my parents to a performance of Othello at the Royal Court Theatre.

Brian: Oh, I see. What about Wednesday evening?

Maggie: Wednesday? Oh, I’m sorry. I always go to Tai Chi lessons at 7 o’clock on Wednesdays.

Brian: What a pity! I’m going to an important boxing match and I have two tickets.

Maggie: I don’t like boxing. I prefer martial arts.

Brian: Do you like tennis? I often play doubles on Thursday evenings. We can play together.

Maggie: Actually I prefer squash. In fact, I’m playing squash this Thursday. I usually play squash twice a week with my French friend, Pierre.

Brian: You certainly have a very active life. What are you doing on Friday evening?

Maggie: I never go out on Fridays because I baby-sit for my sister.

Brian: How about the weekend? Are you free?

Maggie: No, I’m afraid I’m not. I’m going to Manchester. My cousin is getting married on Saturday and I’m catching the 9 o’clock train back on Sunday night.

Brian: Oh, well. Never mind. Maybe next week. Bye Maggie.

Maggie: Bye Brian. Thanks for calling. See you at the office.

 

Indica se le frasi che seguono sono vere (T) o false (F).

  1. Maggie is watching TV at the moment.  [ T ]  [ F ]
  2. Maggie usually plays tennis during the week.  [ T ]  [ F ]
  3. Brian often plays tennis on Thursdays.  [ T ]  [ F ]
  4. Maggie goes to Manchester twice a week.  [ T ]  [ F ]
  5. Maggie doesn’t like boxing.  [ T ]  [ F ]
  6. Maggie usually plays squash once a week.  [ T ]  [ F ]
  7. Maggie is going to the theatre with her parents on Tuesday evening.  [ T ]  [ F ]
  8. Brian speaks French.  [ T ]  [ F ]
  9. Maggie is going to the pub on Monday evening.  [ T ]  [ F ]
  10. Maggie always goes out on Friday.  [ T ]  [ F ]
Soluzioni

1F; 2F; 3T; 4F; 5T; 6F; 7T; 8F; 9T; 10F

Livello A2-B1 Forma in -ing del verbo (1)

Leggi la lettera che Tracy scrive a un giornale sul suo fidanzato e completa le frasi con i verbi like, enjoy, prefer, hate e love sotto le loro foto.

Dear Mrs Rose,

I’m writing to you about my boyfriend, Mick. I’m not sure if he is the right person for me. He hates school and he always gets very bad marks, while I get good marks because I love school and I really like studying. His favourite subject is PE, and he plays all types of sport including football and volleyball. He never does his homework. I usually do it for him but I’m not happy about it. He’s really fond of rock music and he plays the electric guitar. I prefer jazz and classical music. He rarely stays at home at the weekend. He usually goes out with his friends to noisy places, like discos. I hate noisy places. I like photography and the silence of nature, and I often sit quietly in my garden with my camera taking pictures of birds. At the weekends I really like walking in the country, but he doesn’t, so it’s really difficult for us to do things together! Do you think he is the “right” one?

Yours sincerely, Tracy

 

Mick

  1. He .................................................. school. (go)
  2. He .................................................. his homework. (do)
  3. He .................................................. football. (play)
  4. He .................................................. in the country. (walk)
  5. He .................................................. to rock music. (listen)
  6. He .................................................. the electric guitar. (play)
  7. He .................................................. at home. (stay)
  8. He .................................................. in the disco. (dance)

Tracy

  1. She .................................................. school. (go)
  2. She .................................................. Mick’s homework. (do)
  3. She .................................................. in the country. (walk)
  4. She .................................................. photographs. (take)
  5. She .................................................. in noisy places. (be)
  6. She .................................................. to jazz. (listen)
  7. She .................................................. in her garden. (sit)
  8. She .................................................. at the birds. (look)

Dear Mrs Rose,

I’m writing to you about my boyfriend, Mick. I’m not sure if he is the right person for me. He hates school and he always gets very bad marks, while I get good marks because I love school and I really like studying. His favourite subject is PE, and he plays all types of sport including football and volleyball. He never does his homework. I usually do it for him but I’m not happy about it. He’s really fond of rock music and he plays the electric guitar. I prefer jazz and classical music. He rarely stays at home at the weekend. He usually goes out with his friends to noisy places, like discos. I hate noisy places. I like photography and the silence of nature, and I often sit quietly in my garden with my camera taking pictures of birds. At the weekends I really like walking in the country, but he doesn’t, so it’s really difficult for us to do things together! Do you think he is the “right” one?

Yours sincerely, Tracy

 

Mick

  1. He .................................................. school. (go)
  2. He .................................................. his homework. (do)
  3. He .................................................. football. (play)
  4. He .................................................. in the country. (walk)
  5. He .................................................. to rock music. (listen)
  6. He .................................................. the electric guitar. (play)
  7. He .................................................. at home. (stay)
  8. He .................................................. in the disco. (dance)

Tracy

  1. She .................................................. school. (go)
  2. She .................................................. Mick’s homework. (do)
  3. She .................................................. in the country. (walk)
  4. She .................................................. photographs. (take)
  5. She .................................................. in noisy places. (be)
  6. She .................................................. to jazz. (listen)
  7. She .................................................. in her garden. (sit)
  8. She .................................................. at the birds. (look)
Soluzioni

Mick

  1. He hates going school. (go)
  2. He hates/doesn’t like doing his homework. (do)
  3. He loves/prefers playing football. (play)
  4. He doesn’t like walking in the country. (walk)
  5. He loves listening to rock music. (listen)
  6. He loves/likes playing the electric guitar. (play)
  7. He doesn’t like staying at home. (stay)
  8. He prefers/likes dancing in the disco. (dance)

Tracy

  1. She loves going school. (go)
  2. She hates/doesn’t like doing Mick’s homework. (do)
  3. She likes walking in the country. (walk)
  4. She likes taking photographs. (take)
  5. She hates being in noisy places. (be)
  6. She prefers listening to jazz. (listen)
  7. She likes/loves sitting in her garden. (sit)
  8. She enjoys/likes looking at the birds. (look)
Livello A2-B1 Genitivo sassone
Leggi la seguente conversazione. Poi rispondi alle domande che seguono.

Terry: Hello, Paula. You look worried. Is it because it’s Friday 13th?

Paula: Don’t be silly Terry. You know I’m not superstitious. It’s just that it’s my twenty-fifth birthday today and I feel a bit old and grey.

erry: Oh, come on! You look great. By the way, it’s my boyfriend’s birthday too. Why don’t we all go and celebrate at Pierre’s Bistro tonight?

Paula: Oh, no. Not Pierre’s. The food is terrible. Thank goodness it’s near the chemist’s for emergencies.

Terry: Aren’t you exaggerating a bit? It’s not that bad. How about Harry’s Bar

Paula: Where’s that?

Terry: It’s on the third floor of that new mega record store in Oxford Street. There’s also a new disco on the fourth floor.

Paula: Hmm, that’s a very good idea. I can dance away the night and forget my age. What’s the name of the disco?

Terry: The Black Cat. It’s a good sign for your twenty-fifth year on this planet.

Paula: Can I bring John?

Terry: Who’s John?

Paula: He’s a very special friend of mine.

Terry: Oh, I see.

(At Harry’s Bar)

Paula: John, this is my friend

Terry. John: Hi, Terry. Nice to meet you. Isn’t Terry a boy’s name?

Terry: Yes, but mine is short for Teresa, my grandmother’s name. My grandparents on my mother’s side come from the south of Italy and my father’s family come from Wales.

John: What a wonderful combination! The Welsh love of singing with the Italian love of opera. You can sing a special “Happy Birthday” to Paula.

Terry: And to my boyfriend when he gets here. He’s always late even for his birthday. Whose glass of wine is this?

John: It’s yours. It’s a good red wine from southern Italy. And this is Paula’s glass. Champagne for the birthday girl!

 

  1. What date is it? ....................................................................................................................................................................
  2. Whose birthdays are today? ...............................................................................................................................................
  3. How old is Paula? ...............................................................................................................................................................
  4. Where are they going to celebrate? ...................................................................................................................................
  5. Where is it? .........................................................................................................................................................................
  6. What’s the name of the disco? ..........................................................................................................................................
  7. Who’s John? ........................................................................................................................................................................
  8. What is Terry’s grandmother’s name? ...............................................................................................................................
  9. Who comes from Wales? ...................................................................................................................................................
  10. Whose is the glass of wine? ..............................................................................................................................................
  11. Whose is the glass of champagne? ..................................................................................................................................

Terry: Hello, Paula. You look worried. Is it because it’s Friday 13th?

Paula: Don’t be silly Terry. You know I’m not superstitious. It’s just that it’s my twenty-fifth birthday today and I feel a bit old and grey.

erry: Oh, come on! You look great. By the way, it’s my boyfriend’s birthday too. Why don’t we all go and celebrate at Pierre’s Bistro tonight?

Paula: Oh, no. Not Pierre’s. The food is terrible. Thank goodness it’s near the chemist’s for emergencies.

Terry: Aren’t you exaggerating a bit? It’s not that bad. How about Harry’s Bar

Paula: Where’s that?

Terry: It’s on the third floor of that new mega record store in Oxford Street. There’s also a new disco on the fourth floor.

Paula: Hmm, that’s a very good idea. I can dance away the night and forget my age. What’s the name of the disco?

Terry: The Black Cat. It’s a good sign for your twenty-fifth year on this planet.

Paula: Can I bring John?

Terry: Who’s John?

Paula: He’s a very special friend of mine.

Terry: Oh, I see.

(At Harry’s Bar)

Paula: John, this is my friend

Terry. John: Hi, Terry. Nice to meet you. Isn’t Terry a boy’s name?

Terry: Yes, but mine is short for Teresa, my grandmother’s name. My grandparents on my mother’s side come from the south of Italy and my father’s family come from Wales.

John: What a wonderful combination! The Welsh love of singing with the Italian love of opera. You can sing a special “Happy Birthday” to Paula.

Terry: And to my boyfriend when he gets here. He’s always late even for his birthday. Whose glass of wine is this?

John: It’s yours. It’s a good red wine from southern Italy. And this is Paula’s glass. Champagne for the birthday girl!

 

  1. What date is it? ....................................................................................................................................................................
  2. Whose birthdays are today? ...............................................................................................................................................
  3. How old is Paula? ...............................................................................................................................................................
  4. Where are they going to celebrate? ...................................................................................................................................
  5. Where is it? .........................................................................................................................................................................
  6. What’s the name of the disco? ..........................................................................................................................................
  7. Who’s John? ........................................................................................................................................................................
  8. What is Terry’s grandmother’s name? ...............................................................................................................................
  9. Who comes from Wales? ...................................................................................................................................................
  10. Whose is the glass of wine? ..............................................................................................................................................
  11. Whose is the glass of champagne? ..................................................................................................................................
Soluzioni
  1. It’s Friday 13th;
  2. Paula’s and Terry’s boyfriend’s;
  3. She’s twenty-five;
  4. At Harry’s Bar;
  5. On the third floor of the mega record store in Oxford Street;
  6. The Black Cat;
  7. Paula’s special friend;
  8. Teresa;
  9. Terry’s father’s family;
  10. It’s Terry’s;
  11. It’s Paula’s.
Livello A2-B1 Present simple

Leggi le due schede e usa i suggerimenti per scrivere frasi complete.

Manchester Music Annual Event

Name: Diana
Town/City: London
Instrument: guitar
Music: like classical
Not like pop music

Manchester Music Annual Event

Name: Paul
Town/City: Bath
Instrument: piano
Music: like classical
Not like pop, rap

Esempio:
Diana / come / London
Diana comes from London.

 

  1. Diana / Paul / like / music
    .................................................................................................................................................................
  2. Diana / come / London / Paul / Bath
    .................................................................................................................................................................
  3. Diana / play / the guitar
    ..................................................................................................................................................................
  4. Diana / Paul / like / pop music / not
    ..................................................................................................................................................................
  5. Paul / like / rap? / no, / he
    ..................................................................................................................................................................
  6. Diana / play / the guitar? / yes, / she
    ..................................................................................................................................................................
  7. Paul / Diana / like / classical music? yes, / they
    .................................................................................................................................................................
  8. Paul / play the guitar / not / play / piano
    .................................................................................................................................................................

Manchester Music Annual Event

Name: Diana
Town/City: London
Instrument: guitar
Music: like classical
Not like pop music

Manchester Music Annual Event

Name: Paul
Town/City: Bath
Instrument: piano
Music: like classical
Not like pop, rap

Esempio:
Diana / come / London
Diana comes from London.

 

  1. Diana / Paul / like / music
    .................................................................................................................................................................
  2. Diana / come / London / Paul / Bath
    .................................................................................................................................................................
  3. Diana / play / the guitar
    ..................................................................................................................................................................
  4. Diana / Paul / like / pop music / not
    ..................................................................................................................................................................
  5. Paul / like / rap? / no, / he
    ..................................................................................................................................................................
  6. Diana / play / the guitar? / yes, / she
    ..................................................................................................................................................................
  7. Paul / Diana / like / classical music? yes, / they
    .................................................................................................................................................................
  8. Paul / play the guitar / not / play / piano
    .................................................................................................................................................................
Soluzioni
  1. Diana and Paul like music.
  2. Diana comes from London and Paul comes from Bath.
  3. Diana plays the guitar.
  4. Diana and Paul don’t like pop music.
  5. “Does Paul like rap?” “No, he doesn’t.”
  6. “Does Diana play the guitar?” “Yes, she does.”
  7. “Do Paul and Diana like classical music?” “Yes, they do.”
  8. Paul doesn’t play the guitar, he plays the piano.
Livello A2 There is / there are

Leggi le frasi e sottolinea la risposta corretta.

Esempio
There is/there are two new students in my class.
There are two new students in my class.

  1. There is/There are an interesting museum in this town.
  2. There is/There are large parks in London.
  3. Is there/Are there a car park near the bank?
  4. There is/There are a new cinema on the outskirts of the town.
  5. There is/There are 25 flats in this building.
  6. Is there/Are there a hospital near Jane’s house?
  7. There is/There are a lot of people at the market this morning!
  8. There is/There are many children in the park.

Esempio
There is/there are two new students in my class.
There are two new students in my class.

  1. There is/There are an interesting museum in this town.
  2. There is/There are large parks in London.
  3. Is there/Are there a car park near the bank?
  4. There is/There are a new cinema on the outskirts of the town.
  5. There is/There are 25 flats in this building.
  6. Is there/Are there a hospital near Jane’s house?
  7. There is/There are a lot of people at the market this morning!
  8. There is/There are many children in the park.
Soluzioni
  1. There is an interesting museum in this town.
  2. There are large parks in London.
  3. Is there a car park near the bank?
  4. There is a new cinema on the outskirts of the town.
  5. There are 25 flats in this building.
  6. Is there a hospital near Jane’s house?
  7. There are a lot of people at the market this morning!
  8. There are many children in the park.
Livello A2 Comprensione del testo
Leggi le spiegazioni date da una guida turistica e colloca gli oggetti elencati nella stanza appropriata.

Charles Darwin’s house

Good afternoon, my name’s Pamela and I’m your guide for this visit to Down House and gardens. Please follow me. Charles Darwin lived here for 40 years with his family until his death in 1882. He had 10 children, many of whom became famous. We are now in Darwin’s study with his writing desk and his famous microscope. There are also a couple of measuring instruments from that period on the desk. That is his favourite chair over there near the fireplace and those are some of his red notebooks on the small table near the window. In the corner is an old globe. Now please follow me into the billiard room where Darwin relaxed. Here you can see his old bookcase. In the hall are some paintings of the family and over there is the dining room with two bay windows and a very large table in the middle. A lot of famous people from London visited him in his country residence. It was an honour to have dinner with the Darwin family in this room. Upstairs in the former bedrooms there is now an interactive exhibition on Darwin’s life, research
and various discoveries. Now let’s go outside to see the numerous rose gardens and laboratories. What a beautiful day it is to be here! Follow me around the Sandwalk where Darwin walked three times a day to digest and to think. After this walk you can have tea and sandwiches in the new café which was the original kitchen and then visit the shop on the ground floor.

 

red notebooks • bay windows • paintings • café • exhibition • microscope • fireplace • large table • globe • laboratories • writing desk

  1. Dining room: .........................................................................
  2. Bedrooms: .........................................................................
  3. Kitchen: .........................................................................
  4. Garden: .........................................................................
  5. Hall: .........................................................................
  6. Study: .........................................................................

Charles Darwin’s house

Good afternoon, my name’s Pamela and I’m your guide for this visit to Down House and gardens. Please follow me. Charles Darwin lived here for 40 years with his family until his death in 1882. He had 10 children, many of whom became famous. We are now in Darwin’s study with his writing desk and his famous microscope. There are also a couple of measuring instruments from that period on the desk. That is his favourite chair over there near the fireplace and those are some of his red notebooks on the small table near the window. In the corner is an old globe. Now please follow me into the billiard room where Darwin relaxed. Here you can see his old bookcase. In the hall are some paintings of the family and over there is the dining room with two bay windows and a very large table in the middle. A lot of famous people from London visited him in his country residence. It was an honour to have dinner with the Darwin family in this room. Upstairs in the former bedrooms there is now an interactive exhibition on Darwin’s life, research
and various discoveries. Now let’s go outside to see the numerous rose gardens and laboratories. What a beautiful day it is to be here! Follow me around the Sandwalk where Darwin walked three times a day to digest and to think. After this walk you can have tea and sandwiches in the new café which was the original kitchen and then visit the shop on the ground floor.

 

red notebooks • bay windows • paintings • café • exhibition • microscope • fireplace • large table • globe • laboratories • writing desk

  1. Dining room: .........................................................................
  2. Bedrooms: .........................................................................
  3. Kitchen: .........................................................................
  4. Garden: .........................................................................
  5. Hall: .........................................................................
  6. Study: .........................................................................
Soluzioni
  1. Dining room: bay windows, large table;
  2. Bedrooms: exhibition;
  3. Kitchen: café;
  4. Garden: laboratories;
  5. Hall: paintings;
  6. Study: writing desk, microscope, fireplace, red notebooks, globe.
Livello A2 Articolo a/an: un, uno, una, un', Plurale dei sostantivi, I dimostrativi: this, that, these, those
Leggi le spiegazioni date da una guida turistica e completa il brano con l’alternativa corretta per ogni parola mancante.

Charles Darwin’s house

Good afternoon, my name’s Pamela and I’m your guide for (1) .................................... visit to Down House and gardens. Please follow me. Charles Darwin lived here for 40 years with (2) .................................... family until his death in 1882. He had 10 (3) ........................................, many of whom became famous. We are now in Darwin’s study with his writing desk and his famous microscope. There are also (4) ............................................ couple of measuring instruments from (5) .................................... period on the desk. (6) .................................... is his favourite chair over there near the fireplace and (7) .................................... are some of his red notebooks on the small table near the window. In the corner is (8) .................................... old globe. Now please follow me into the billiard room where Darwin relaxed. Here you can see his old bookcase. In the hall are some paintings of the family and over there is the dining room with (9) ........................................ bay windows and (10) ........................................ very large table in the middle. A lot of famous (11) ................................................ from London visited him in his country residence. It was (12) ................................................... honour to have dinner with the Darwin family in this room. Upstairs in the former bedrooms there is now (13) ........................................... interactive exhibition on Darwin’s life, research and various (14) ................................ Now let’s go outside to see the numerous rose gardens and (15) ......................................... What (16) .................................. beautiful day it is to be here! Follow me around the Sandwalk where Darwin walked three times (17) .................................... day to digest and to think. After this walk you can have tea and (18) .................................... in the new café which was the original kitchen and then visit the shop on the ground floor.

 

  1. this / that / these
  2. your / his / her
  3. children / childs / childrens
  4. a / one / an
  5. that / those / this
  6. This / That / Those
  7. those / these / that
  8. a / an / one
  9. two / an / a
  10. their / a / her
  11. person / persons / people
  12. one / a / an
  13. a pair of / a / an
  14. discoverys / discovery / discoveries
  15. laboratorys / laboratory / laboratories
  16. one / an / a
  17. in a / one / a
  18. sandwich / sandwichs / sandwiches

Charles Darwin’s house

Good afternoon, my name’s Pamela and I’m your guide for (1) .................................... visit to Down House and gardens. Please follow me. Charles Darwin lived here for 40 years with (2) .................................... family until his death in 1882. He had 10 (3) ........................................, many of whom became famous. We are now in Darwin’s study with his writing desk and his famous microscope. There are also (4) ............................................ couple of measuring instruments from (5) .................................... period on the desk. (6) .................................... is his favourite chair over there near the fireplace and (7) .................................... are some of his red notebooks on the small table near the window. In the corner is (8) .................................... old globe. Now please follow me into the billiard room where Darwin relaxed. Here you can see his old bookcase. In the hall are some paintings of the family and over there is the dining room with (9) ........................................ bay windows and (10) ........................................ very large table in the middle. A lot of famous (11) ................................................ from London visited him in his country residence. It was (12) ................................................... honour to have dinner with the Darwin family in this room. Upstairs in the former bedrooms there is now (13) ........................................... interactive exhibition on Darwin’s life, research and various (14) ................................ Now let’s go outside to see the numerous rose gardens and (15) ......................................... What (16) .................................. beautiful day it is to be here! Follow me around the Sandwalk where Darwin walked three times (17) .................................... day to digest and to think. After this walk you can have tea and (18) .................................... in the new café which was the original kitchen and then visit the shop on the ground floor.

 

  1. this / that / these
  2. your / his / her
  3. children / childs / childrens
  4. a / one / an
  5. that / those / this
  6. This / That / Those
  7. those / these / that
  8. a / an / one
  9. two / an / a
  10. their / a / her
  11. person / persons / people
  12. one / a / an
  13. a pair of / a / an
  14. discoverys / discovery / discoveries
  15. laboratorys / laboratory / laboratories
  16. one / an / a
  17. in a / one / a
  18. sandwich / sandwichs / sandwiches
Soluzioni
  1. this;
  2. his;
  3. children;
  4. a;
  5. that;
  6. That;
  7. those;
  8. an;
  9. two;
  10. a,
  11. people;
  12. an;
  13. an;
  14. discoveries;
  15. laboratories;
  16. a;
  17. a;
  18. sandwiches.
Livello A2 Can/can't: potere

Leggi l’elenco delle abilità connesse con l’uso delle tecnologie e scrivi ciò che sai fare oppure non sai fare in relazione alle stesse.

Esempio
give a Power Point presentation
I can give a Power Point presentation.

  1. use Whatsapp
    ..........................................................................................
  2. download photos from the Net
    ..........................................................................................
  3. use Instagram
    ..........................................................................................
  4. book flights online
    ..........................................................................................
  5. do online research
    ..........................................................................................
  6. use Excel
    ..........................................................................................
  7. make charts and graphs
    ..........................................................................................

Esempio
give a Power Point presentation
I can give a Power Point presentation.

  1. use Whatsapp
    ..........................................................................................
  2. download photos from the Net
    ..........................................................................................
  3. use Instagram
    ..........................................................................................
  4. book flights online
    ..........................................................................................
  5. do online research
    ..........................................................................................
  6. use Excel
    ..........................................................................................
  7. make charts and graphs
    ..........................................................................................
Soluzioni

Risposte soggettive

Livello A2 There is / there are

Marta è in vacanza ai Caraibi con un’amica. Completa la cartolina che scrive a sua sorella descrivendo il luogo e l’hotel in cui si trova. Usa le forme contratte quando possibile.

Hi Helen,

It’s a pity you are not here with us. The island is wonderful as you can see from the postcard.
(1) ............................................................. a lot of beautiful sandy beaches and, fortunately, (2) ............................................................. (not) many tourists.
On the beaches (3)........................................................... some areas where (4)............................................................. tables and chairs.
(5) ............................................................. a warm breeze now and it’s nice for long swims and sunbathing.
Our hotel is very comfortable, it’s a five star hotel!
(6) ............................................................. both an indoor and an outdoor swimming pool. (7) ............................................................. three tennis courts and two restaurants.
In each room (8) ........................................................................ a TV, a safety box, a minibar and a big bathroom with a spa pool, but (9) ........................................................................ (not) tea and coffee-making facilities!

Love,
Martha

Hi Helen,

It’s a pity you are not here with us. The island is wonderful as you can see from the postcard.
(1) ............................................................. a lot of beautiful sandy beaches and, fortunately, (2) ............................................................. (not) many tourists.
On the beaches (3)........................................................... some areas where (4)............................................................. tables and chairs.
(5) ............................................................. a warm breeze now and it’s nice for long swims and sunbathing.
Our hotel is very comfortable, it’s a five star hotel!
(6) ............................................................. both an indoor and an outdoor swimming pool. (7) ............................................................. three tennis courts and two restaurants.
In each room (8) ........................................................................ a TV, a safety box, a minibar and a big bathroom with a spa pool, but (9) ........................................................................ (not) tea and coffee-making facilities!

Love,
Martha

Soluzioni

Hi Helen,

It’s a pity you are not here with us. The island is wonderful as you can see from the postcard.
(1) There are a lot of beautiful sandy beaches and, fortunately, (2) there aren't (not) many tourists.
On the beaches (3) there are some areas where (4) there are tables and chairs.
(5) There's a warm breeze now and it’s nice for long swims and sunbathing.
Our hotel is very comfortable, it’s a five star hotel!
(6) There's both an indoor and an outdoor swimming pool. (7) There are three tennis courts and two restaurants.
In each room (8) there's a TV, a safety box, a minibar and a big bathroom with a spa pool, but (9) there aren't (not) tea and coffee-making facilities!

Love,
Martha

Livello A2-B1 Present continuous VS Present simple

Metti i verbi tra parentesi al present simple o al present continuous.

  1. I usually .......................................... (get up) at 8 o’clock, but this week I .......................................... (get up) at 7.
  2. My sister Sara ................................................... (live) in London, but at the moment she ....................................................... (stay) in Edinburgh for the festival.
  3. My mother usually ................................................... to work by car (go).
  4. Lucy is not in London at the moment. She ................................................... in Paris (study).
  5. Let’s go for a walk. It ................................................... at the moment (not rain).
  6. I ................................................... (learn) Spanish. My friend Gonzales ................................................... (teach) me.
  7. How is your brother? Is he still ill? No, he ................................................... slowly (recover).
  8. Can you hear those people? What ................................................... they ................................................... (say)?
  9. What time ................................................... he ................................................... work (finish)? He ................................................... at 5:00 p.m. every day (finish).
  1. I usually .......................................... (get up) at 8 o’clock, but this week I .......................................... (get up) at 7.
  2. My sister Sara ................................................... (live) in London, but at the moment she ....................................................... (stay) in Edinburgh for the festival.
  3. My mother usually ................................................... to work by car (go).
  4. Lucy is not in London at the moment. She ................................................... in Paris (study).
  5. Let’s go for a walk. It ................................................... at the moment (not rain).
  6. I ................................................... (learn) Spanish. My friend Gonzales ................................................... (teach) me.
  7. How is your brother? Is he still ill? No, he ................................................... slowly (recover).
  8. Can you hear those people? What ................................................... they ................................................... (say)?
  9. What time ................................................... he ................................................... work (finish)? He ................................................... at 5:00 p.m. every day (finish).
Soluzioni
  1. I usually get up at 8 o’clock, but this week I am getting up at 7.
  2. My sister Sara lives in London, but at the moment she is staying in Edinburgh for the festival.
  3. My mother usually goes to work by car.
  4. She is studying in Paris.
  5. It isn’t raining at the moment.
  6. I am learning Spanish. My friend Gonzales is teaching me.
  7. No, he is recovering slowly.
  8. What are they saying?
  9. What time does he finish work? He finishes at 5:00 p.m. every day.
Livello A2-B1 Forma in -ing del verbo (1)

Metti i verbi tra parentesi alla forma in -ing o all’infinito, facendo attenzione al senso della frase.

Esempio
My neighbour doesn’t like ............................. (water) the garden now that it’s hot.
My neighbour doesn’t like to water the garden now that it’s very hot.

 

1. I don’t mind ............................. (do) the shopping at the supermarket, but I hate ............................. (cook).

2. John prefers ............................. (stay) at home next weekend because he’s very busy.

3. They love ............................. (go) to rock concerts, but they prefer ........................... (have dinner) with their friends.

4. Helen enjoys ............................. (walk) through the streets of London.

5. She likes ............................. (eat) fruit, because it’s good for her health.

6. I hate ............................. (tell) you, but I can’t come to your party.

7. ............................. (climb) can be an exciting activity.

8. I like ............................. (go) to the dentist’s twice a year for a check-up.

Esempio
My neighbour doesn’t like ............................. (water) the garden now that it’s hot.
My neighbour doesn’t like to water the garden now that it’s very hot.

 

1. I don’t mind ............................. (do) the shopping at the supermarket, but I hate ............................. (cook).

2. John prefers ............................. (stay) at home next weekend because he’s very busy.

3. They love ............................. (go) to rock concerts, but they prefer ........................... (have dinner) with their friends.

4. Helen enjoys ............................. (walk) through the streets of London.

5. She likes ............................. (eat) fruit, because it’s good for her health.

6. I hate ............................. (tell) you, but I can’t come to your party.

7. ............................. (climb) can be an exciting activity.

8. I like ............................. (go) to the dentist’s twice a year for a check-up.

Soluzioni

1. I don’t mind doing the shopping at the supermarket, but I hate cooking.

2. John prefers to stay at home next weekend because he’s very busy.

3. They love going to rock concerts, but they prefer to have dinner with their friends.

4. Helen enjoys walking through the streets of London.

5. She likes to eat fruit, because it’s good for her health.

6. I hate to tell you, but I can’t come to your party.

7. Climbing can be an exciting activity.

8. I like to go to the dentist’s twice a year for a check-up.

Livello A2-B1 Forma in -ing del verbo (1)

Metti le parole nell’ordine giusto per formare due frasi di senso compiuto per ogni spazio dato.

Esempio:
likes / Tom / people / new / meeting / is / very / He / person / a / outgoing
Tom likes meeting new people. He is a very outgoing person.

1. dancing / weekend / like / at / We / the / out / evenings / Saturday / We / go / often / on

......................................................................................................................................................................................................

2. parents / abroad / hate / My / travelling / their own country / prefer / They / visiting

.....................................................................................................................................................................................................

3. queueing / don’t / English / mind / people / polite / are / They / very

.....................................................................................................................................................................................................

4. with / brother / her / doesn’t like / Sheila / working / looking / She / another / job / is / for

.....................................................................................................................................................................................................

5. letters / writing / loves / My / grandmother / phoning / She / like / doesn’t

....................................................................................................................................................................................................

6. Italian / Those / girls / American / learning / like / in / evening / don’t mind / They / the / studying

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

7. the computer / hates / Paul / using / has to / He / his / office / use / it / in

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

8. long / Italians / spending / hours / don’t mind / restaurants / in / eating out / They / love

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

Esempio:
likes / Tom / people / new / meeting / is / very / He / person / a / outgoing
Tom likes meeting new people. He is a very outgoing person.

1. dancing / weekend / like / at / We / the / out / evenings / Saturday / We / go / often / on

......................................................................................................................................................................................................

2. parents / abroad / hate / My / travelling / their own country / prefer / They / visiting

.....................................................................................................................................................................................................

3. queueing / don’t / English / mind / people / polite / are / They / very

.....................................................................................................................................................................................................

4. with / brother / her / doesn’t like / Sheila / working / looking / She / another / job / is / for

.....................................................................................................................................................................................................

5. letters / writing / loves / My / grandmother / phoning / She / like / doesn’t

....................................................................................................................................................................................................

6. Italian / Those / girls / American / learning / like / in / evening / don’t mind / They / the / studying

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

7. the computer / hates / Paul / using / has to / He / his / office / use / it / in

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

8. long / Italians / spending / hours / don’t mind / restaurants / in / eating out / They / love

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

Soluzioni
  1. We like dancing at the weekend. We often go out on Saturday evenings.
  2. My parents hate travelling abroad. They prefer visiting their own country.
  3. English people don’t mind queueing. They are very polite.
  4. Sheila doesn’t like working with her brother. She is looking for another job.
  5. My grandmother loves writing letters. She doesn’t like phoning.
  6. Those American girls like learning Italian. They don’t mind studying in the evening.
  7. Paul hates using the computer. He has to use it in his office.
  8. Italians don’t mind spending long hours in restaurants. They love eating out.
Livello A2-B1 Avverbi di frequenza: espressioni di tempo

Metti le parole nell’ordine giusto per formare frasi di senso compiuto.

  1. twice / Lucy / week / goes / to the gym / a
    .............................................................................................................................................................................
  2. your / free / do / usually / do / time / what / you / in / ?
    .............................................................................................................................................................................
  3. eat / out / weekends / at / we / sometimes
    ..............................................................................................................................................................................
  4. work / take / my / to / train / the / colleagues / never
    .............................................................................................................................................................................
  5. you / do / go / often / holiday / on / ?
    .............................................................................................................................................................................
  6. tennis / often / Saturdays / friends / my / play / on
    .............................................................................................................................................................................
  7. we / don’t / go / afternoon / to / the / school / in
    .............................................................................................................................................................................
  8. weekends / usually / his / he / car / at / washes
    .............................................................................................................................................................................
  9. do / on / friends / you / often / Sundays / visit / your / ?
    ..............................................................................................................................................................................
  10. your / Christmas puddings / does / make / mother / ?
    .............................................................................................................................................................................
  1. twice / Lucy / week / goes / to the gym / a
    .............................................................................................................................................................................
  2. your / free / do / usually / do / time / what / you / in / ?
    .............................................................................................................................................................................
  3. eat / out / weekends / at / we / sometimes
    ..............................................................................................................................................................................
  4. work / take / my / to / train / the / colleagues / never
    .............................................................................................................................................................................
  5. you / do / go / often / holiday / on / ?
    .............................................................................................................................................................................
  6. tennis / often / Saturdays / friends / my / play / on
    .............................................................................................................................................................................
  7. we / don’t / go / afternoon / to / the / school / in
    .............................................................................................................................................................................
  8. weekends / usually / his / he / car / at / washes
    .............................................................................................................................................................................
  9. do / on / friends / you / often / Sundays / visit / your / ?
    ..............................................................................................................................................................................
  10. your / Christmas puddings / does / make / mother / ?
    .............................................................................................................................................................................
Soluzioni
  1. Lucy goes to the gym twice a week.
  2. What do you usually do in your free time?
  3. We sometimes eat out at weekends.
  4. My colleagues never take the train to work.
  5. Do you often go on holiday?
  6. My friends often play tennis on Saturdays.
  7. We don’t go to school in the afternoon.
  8. He usually washes his car at weekends.
  9. Do you often visit your friends on Sundays?
  10. Does your mother make Christmas puddings?
Livello A2-B1 Present continuous

Metti le parole nell’ordine giusto per formare frasi di senso compiuto.

Esempio:
buying / they / are / presents / some
They are buying some presents.

  1. not / he / TV / watching / now / is
    .........................................................................................................................
  2. hard / are / they / this year / not studying
    .........................................................................................................................
  3. making / mistakes / is / he / always
    .........................................................................................................................
  4. listening to / are / what / you / ?
    .........................................................................................................................
  5. today / not / pasta / I / eating / am
    .........................................................................................................................
  6. you / this morning / going shopping / are / ?
    .........................................................................................................................
  7. constantly / wasting / money / are / you / !
    .........................................................................................................................
  8. coming / this evening / to the party / are / Anne and Paul / ?
    .........................................................................................................................

Esempio:
buying / they / are / presents / some
They are buying some presents.

  1. not / he / TV / watching / now / is
    .........................................................................................................................
  2. hard / are / they / this year / not studying
    .........................................................................................................................
  3. making / mistakes / is / he / always
    .........................................................................................................................
  4. listening to / are / what / you / ?
    .........................................................................................................................
  5. today / not / pasta / I / eating / am
    .........................................................................................................................
  6. you / this morning / going shopping / are / ?
    .........................................................................................................................
  7. constantly / wasting / money / are / you / !
    .........................................................................................................................
  8. coming / this evening / to the party / are / Anne and Paul / ?
    .........................................................................................................................
Soluzioni
  1. He is not watching TV now.
  2. This year they are not studying hard.
  3. He is always making mistakes.
  4. What are you listening to?
  5. Today I am not eating pasta.
  6. Are you going shopping this morning?
  7. You are constantly wasting money!
  8. Are Anne and Paul coming to the party this evening?
Livello A2 Aggettivi qualificativi

Metti le parole nell’ordine giusto per formare frasi di senso compiuto.

Esempio
difficult / is / a / Chinese / language
Chinese is a difficult language.

  1. Lecce / city / Italian / is / interesting / an
    ...................................................................................................
  2. my / teacher / English / a bit / is / tired
    ...................................................................................................
  3. my / dog / and / is / black / brown
    ...................................................................................................
  4. you / a / not / person / are / happy / very
    ...................................................................................................
  5. they / brilliant / are / students
    ...................................................................................................
  6. Max and Jane / tourists / are / Australian
    ...................................................................................................

Esempio
difficult / is / a / Chinese / language
Chinese is a difficult language.

  1. Lecce / city / Italian / is / interesting / an
    ...................................................................................................
  2. my / teacher / English / a bit / is / tired
    ...................................................................................................
  3. my / dog / and / is / black / brown
    ...................................................................................................
  4. you / a / not / person / are / happy / very
    ...................................................................................................
  5. they / brilliant / are / students
    ...................................................................................................
  6. Max and Jane / tourists / are / Australian
    ...................................................................................................
Soluzioni
  1. Lecce is an interesting Italian city.
  2. My English teacher is a bit tired.
  3. My dog is black and brown.
  4. You are not a very happy person.
  5. They are brilliant students.
  6. Max and Jane are Australian tourists.
Livello A2 Have got: avere, possedere
Metti le parole nell’ordine giusto per formare frasi di senso compiuto.
  1. wedding / they / got / invitation / an / to / the / Have / ?
    ...............................................................................................................................................
  2. a / Bob’s / Milo / called / got / cat
    ...............................................................................................................................................
  3. area / hotel / parking / The / hasn’t / got / a
    ...............................................................................................................................................
  4. computer / Wright / Mrs / got / a / Has / ?
    ...............................................................................................................................................
  5. today / time / Have / you / got / ?
    ...............................................................................................................................................
  6. TV / got / Has / satellite / Ted / a / ?
    ...............................................................................................................................................
  7. today / a / meeting / We / haven’t / got
    ...............................................................................................................................................
  8. garden / Have / you / got / a / ?
    ...............................................................................................................................................
  9. a / cold / bad / got / I’ve
    ...............................................................................................................................................
  1. wedding / they / got / invitation / an / to / the / Have / ?
    ...............................................................................................................................................
  2. a / Bob’s / Milo / called / got / cat
    ...............................................................................................................................................
  3. area / hotel / parking / The / hasn’t / got / a
    ...............................................................................................................................................
  4. computer / Wright / Mrs / got / a / Has / ?
    ...............................................................................................................................................
  5. today / time / Have / you / got / ?
    ...............................................................................................................................................
  6. TV / got / Has / satellite / Ted / a / ?
    ...............................................................................................................................................
  7. today / a / meeting / We / haven’t / got
    ...............................................................................................................................................
  8. garden / Have / you / got / a / ?
    ...............................................................................................................................................
  9. a / cold / bad / got / I’ve
    ...............................................................................................................................................
Soluzioni
  1. Have they got an invitation to the wedding?
  2. Bob’s got a cat called Milo.
  3. The hotel hasn’t got a parking area.
  4. Has Mrs Wright got a computer?
  5. Have you got time today?
  6. Has Ted got a satellite TV?
  7. We haven’t got a meeting today.
  8. Have you got a garden?
  9. I’ve got a bad cold.
Livello A2-B1 Present continuous VS Present simple

Nelle frasi che seguono ci sono errori nell’uso sia del present simple sia del present continuous. Correggili.

  1. It’s 12:30 and the students have lunch. .....................................................................................................................................................................................
  2. We are play football twice a week. ............................................................................................................................................................................................
  3. He never watch TV after dinner. ................................................................................................................................................................................................
  4. Eric studies chemistry this year. ...............................................................................................................................................................................................
  5. Do your father practise any sports? .........................................................................................................................................................................................
  6. Do you ever going out with your friends at night? ...................................................................................................................................................................
  7. Are you understanding what I am saying? ...............................................................................................................................................................................
  1. It’s 12:30 and the students have lunch. .....................................................................................................................................................................................
  2. We are play football twice a week. ............................................................................................................................................................................................
  3. He never watch TV after dinner. ................................................................................................................................................................................................
  4. Eric studies chemistry this year. ...............................................................................................................................................................................................
  5. Do your father practise any sports? .........................................................................................................................................................................................
  6. Do you ever going out with your friends at night? ...................................................................................................................................................................
  7. Are you understanding what I am saying? ...............................................................................................................................................................................
Soluzioni
  1. It’s 12:30 and the students are having lunch.
  2. We play football twice a week.
  3. He never watches TV after dinner.
  4. Eric is studying chemistry this year.
  5. Does your father practise any sports?
  6. Do you ever go out with your friends at night?
  7. Do you understand what I am saying?
Livello A2 Aggettivi possessivi
Nelle seguenti frasi gli aggettivi possessivi sono errati. Riscrivi la forma corretta.

Esempio:
This is she backpack.
This is her backpack.

  1. I’m Oliver and this is its brother Charlie.
    ....................................................................................................................................
  2. Is we car near the supermarket?
    ....................................................................................................................................
  3. Linda is a very nice girl. She hobbies are tennis and basketball.
    ....................................................................................................................................
  4. He’s Spanish but he mother is Portuguese.
    ....................................................................................................................................
  5. Tracy is 17 years old and she’s boyfriend is 19.
    ....................................................................................................................................
  6. My dog is big but it’s tail is very short.
    ....................................................................................................................................
  7. Excuse me, is you’re name Smith, Michael Smith?
    ....................................................................................................................................

Esempio:
This is she backpack.
This is her backpack.

  1. I’m Oliver and this is its brother Charlie.
    ....................................................................................................................................
  2. Is we car near the supermarket?
    ....................................................................................................................................
  3. Linda is a very nice girl. She hobbies are tennis and basketball.
    ....................................................................................................................................
  4. He’s Spanish but he mother is Portuguese.
    ....................................................................................................................................
  5. Tracy is 17 years old and she’s boyfriend is 19.
    ....................................................................................................................................
  6. My dog is big but it’s tail is very short.
    ....................................................................................................................................
  7. Excuse me, is you’re name Smith, Michael Smith?
    ....................................................................................................................................
Soluzioni
  1. I’m Oliver and this is my brother Charlie.
  2. Is our car near the supermarket?
  3. Linda is a very nice girl. Her hobbies are tennis and basketball.
  4. He’s Spanish but his mother is Portuguese.
  5. Tracy is 17 years old and her boyfriend is 19.
  6. My dog is big but its tail is very short.
  7. Excuse me, is your name Smith, Michael Smith?
Livello A2-B1 Present continuous

Osserva una pagina dell’agenda di Pat e scrivi i suoi impegni per la prossima settimana usando il present continuous dei verbi tra parentesi.

Monday 8:30 pm: to theatre with Sarah
Tuesday afternoon: shopping with mum
Wednesday morning: the hairdresser’s for an appointment
Thursday 7:00 p.m.: dinner with Sam
Friday morning: aunt Anne at the airport
Saturday evening: Tom and Sally to the disco
Sunday afternoon: tennis

Esempio:
Monday (go)
On Monday Pat is going to the theatre with Sarah

  1. Tuesday (go)
    ..................................................................................................................................................
  2. Wednesday (phone)
    ..................................................................................................................................................
  3. Thursday (have)
    ..................................................................................................................................................
  4. Friday (meet)
    ..................................................................................................................................................
  5. Saturday (take)
    ..................................................................................................................................................
  6. Sunday (play)
    ..................................................................................................................................................

Monday 8:30 pm: to theatre with Sarah
Tuesday afternoon: shopping with mum
Wednesday morning: the hairdresser’s for an appointment
Thursday 7:00 p.m.: dinner with Sam
Friday morning: aunt Anne at the airport
Saturday evening: Tom and Sally to the disco
Sunday afternoon: tennis

Esempio:
Monday (go)
On Monday Pat is going to the theatre with Sarah

  1. Tuesday (go)
    ..................................................................................................................................................
  2. Wednesday (phone)
    ..................................................................................................................................................
  3. Thursday (have)
    ..................................................................................................................................................
  4. Friday (meet)
    ..................................................................................................................................................
  5. Saturday (take)
    ..................................................................................................................................................
  6. Sunday (play)
    ..................................................................................................................................................
Soluzioni
  1. On Tuesday Pat is going shopping with her mum.
  2. On Wednesday morning she’s phoning the hairdresser’s for an appointment.
  3. On Thursday she’s having dinner with Sam.
  4. On Friday she’s meeting aunt Anne at the airport.
  5. On Saturday evening she’s taking Tom and Sally to the disco.
  6. On Sunday afternoon she’s playing tennis.
Livello A2-B1 Uso di would like

Paul è in vacanza e vuole invitare Helen a fare delle attività con lui. Guarda le rispettive agende e costruisci dei mini dialoghi con would like accettando e rifiutando secondo gli impegni di ognuno. Per accettare o rifiutare usa una delle seguenti espressioni.

I’d love to but… • That’s very kind of you but I can’t. I… • Sorry but I… • Yes, I’d love to, that’s great! • Oh, that’s sounds lovely! I really like tennis. • I’d love to but… • Yes, I’d love to. I love parties.

Paul
Sunday 3 July Peter’s party
Tuesday 5 July picnic by the lake
Friday 8 July go swimming
Saturday 9 July tennis match
Sunday 10 July have a meal at the Japanese restaurant
Wednesday 13 July art exhibition
Friday 15 July go to a disco

Helen
Sunday 3 July free
Tuesday 5 July go to the seaside on a day trip
Friday 8 July go to a language course
Saturday 9 July free
Sunday 10 July meet a friend in town
Wednesday 13 July free
Friday 15 July go to a birthday party

 

Esempio:
“Would you like to come to Peter’s party with me on Sunday?” “Yes, I’d love to. I love parties.”

1. .....................................................................................................................................

.....................................................................................................................................

2. .....................................................................................................................................

.....................................................................................................................................

3. .....................................................................................................................................

.....................................................................................................................................

4. .....................................................................................................................................

.....................................................................................................................................

5. .....................................................................................................................................

.....................................................................................................................................

6. .....................................................................................................................................

.....................................................................................................................................

I’d love to but… • That’s very kind of you but I can’t. I… • Sorry but I… • Yes, I’d love to, that’s great! • Oh, that’s sounds lovely! I really like tennis. • I’d love to but… • Yes, I’d love to. I love parties.

Paul
Sunday 3 July Peter’s party
Tuesday 5 July picnic by the lake
Friday 8 July go swimming
Saturday 9 July tennis match
Sunday 10 July have a meal at the Japanese restaurant
Wednesday 13 July art exhibition
Friday 15 July go to a disco

Helen
Sunday 3 July free
Tuesday 5 July go to the seaside on a day trip
Friday 8 July go to a language course
Saturday 9 July free
Sunday 10 July meet a friend in town
Wednesday 13 July free
Friday 15 July go to a birthday party

 

Esempio:
“Would you like to come to Peter’s party with me on Sunday?” “Yes, I’d love to. I love parties.”

1. .....................................................................................................................................

.....................................................................................................................................

2. .....................................................................................................................................

.....................................................................................................................................

3. .....................................................................................................................................

.....................................................................................................................................

4. .....................................................................................................................................

.....................................................................................................................................

5. .....................................................................................................................................

.....................................................................................................................................

6. .....................................................................................................................................

.....................................................................................................................................

Soluzioni
  1. “Would you like to have a picnic by the lake on Tuesday?”
    “I’d love to but I’m going to the seaside.”
  2. “Would you like to go swimming next Friday?”
    “That’s very kind of you but I can’t. I have a language course.”
  3. “Would you like to see a tennis match on Saturday?”
    “Oh, that’s sounds lovely! I adore tennis.”
  4. “Would you like to have a meal at the Japanese restaurant on Sunday?”
    “Sorry but I’m meeting a friend in town.”
  5. “Would you like to go to an art exhibition on Wednesday?”
    “Yes, I’d love to, that’s great!”
  6. “Would you like to go to a disco on Friday?”
    “I’d love to but I’m going to a birthday party.”
Livello A2-B1 Preposizioni di tempo: at, in, on

Quando necessario completa le seguenti frasi con le preposizioni di tempo.

  1. He goes to school ........................... 9 o’clock .......................... weekdays.
  2. I like studying ........................... the evening.
  3. ........................... noon we only have a snack. We usually have a big meal ........................... dinnertime.
  4. Your father is arriving at the station ........................... the afternoon.
  5.  I am up ..................... seven o’clock ...................... the morning.
  6. We’re going out to dinner ......................... Friday night.
  7. I often go to bed ......................... midnight.
  8. We are moving to our new house .................... a short time.
  9. Where are you going ......................... New Year’s Eve?
  10. Our office closes ......................... 6 p.m. ......................... every evening.
  11. I usually arrive at work ............................... time to have a cup of coffee at the bar.
  12. We usually have meetings ........................... Thursday mornings.
  13. He is not playing in the team ........................ next weekend.
  1. He goes to school ........................... 9 o’clock .......................... weekdays.
  2. I like studying ........................... the evening.
  3. ........................... noon we only have a snack. We usually have a big meal ........................... dinnertime.
  4. Your father is arriving at the station ........................... the afternoon.
  5.  I am up ..................... seven o’clock ...................... the morning.
  6. We’re going out to dinner ......................... Friday night.
  7. I often go to bed ......................... midnight.
  8. We are moving to our new house .................... a short time.
  9. Where are you going ......................... New Year’s Eve?
  10. Our office closes ......................... 6 p.m. ......................... every evening.
  11. I usually arrive at work ............................... time to have a cup of coffee at the bar.
  12. We usually have meetings ........................... Thursday mornings.
  13. He is not playing in the team ........................ next weekend.
Soluzioni
  1. He goes to school at 9 o’clock on weekdays.
  2. I like studying in the evening.
  3. At noon we only have a snack. We usually have a big meal at dinnertime.
  4. Your father is arriving at the station in the afternoon.
  5.  I am up at seven o’clock in the morning.
  6. We’re going out to dinner on Friday night.
  7. I often go to bed at midnight.
  8. We are moving to our new house in a short time.
  9. Where are you going on New Year’s Eve?
  10. Our office closes at 6 p.m. every evening.
  11. I usually arrive at work in time to have a cup of coffee at the bar.
  12. We usually have meetings on Thursday mornings.
  13. He is not playing in the team next weekend.
Livello A2-B1 Preposizioni di tempo: at, in, on

Quando necessario, riscrivi la frase correggendo o eliminando la preposizione in corsivo.

1. They are driving to Rome on May 20th.

....................................................................................................................................

2. They are coming to visit us in next October.

....................................................................................................................................

3. I love going shopping in Christmas time.

....................................................................................................................................

4. Do you dream in the night?

....................................................................................................................................

5. What do you like doing in weekends?

....................................................................................................................................

6. He’s doing his homework in the moment.

....................................................................................................................................

7. We are meeting you again in a short time.

....................................................................................................................................

8. We like going to pubs on Fridays.

....................................................................................................................................

1. They are driving to Rome on May 20th.

....................................................................................................................................

2. They are coming to visit us in next October.

....................................................................................................................................

3. I love going shopping in Christmas time.

....................................................................................................................................

4. Do you dream in the night?

....................................................................................................................................

5. What do you like doing in weekends?

....................................................................................................................................

6. He’s doing his homework in the moment.

....................................................................................................................................

7. We are meeting you again in a short time.

....................................................................................................................................

8. We like going to pubs on Fridays.

....................................................................................................................................

Soluzioni
  1. Correct.
  2. They are coming to visit us next October.
  3. I love going shopping at Christmas time.
  4. Do you dream at night?
  5. What do you like doing at weekends?
  6. He’s doing his homework at the moment.
  7. Correct.
  8. Correct.
Livello A2 Present simple di To Be (essere)

Quando possibile, inserisci le forme contratte del verbo to be per completare la seguente conversazione.

A: (1) .................................. you from Dublin, Beatrix?

B: Yes, I (2) .................................. but my parents (3) ......................... from Cork.

A: Where (4) .................................. Cork? (5) .................................. it in Ireland, too?

B: Yes, it (6) .................................. but it (7) .................................. (not) near Dublin.

A: (8) .................................. you a student here in Dublin?

B: Yes, I am and my parents (9) .................................. teachers here too.

A: (10) .................................. their school far from here?

B: No, it (11) .................................. (not), it (12) .................................. near our house.

A: This (13) .................................. my first time in Ireland.

B: (14) .................................. you in a college?

A: No, I (15) .......................... in a family, with my best friend.

B: Ok. Bye bye, enjoy your stay!

A: (1) .................................. you from Dublin, Beatrix?

B: Yes, I (2) .................................. but my parents (3) ......................... from Cork.

A: Where (4) .................................. Cork? (5) .................................. it in Ireland, too?

B: Yes, it (6) .................................. but it (7) .................................. (not) near Dublin.

A: (8) .................................. you a student here in Dublin?

B: Yes, I am and my parents (9) .................................. teachers here too.

A: (10) .................................. their school far from here?

B: No, it (11) .................................. (not), it (12) .................................. near our house.

A: This (13) .................................. my first time in Ireland.

B: (14) .................................. you in a college?

A: No, I (15) .......................... in a family, with my best friend.

B: Ok. Bye bye, enjoy your stay!

Soluzioni

A: (1) Are you from Dublin, Beatrix?

B: Yes, I (2) am but my parents (3) are from Cork.

A: Where (4) 's Cork? (5) Is it in Ireland, too?

B: Yes, it (6) is but it (7) isn't (not) near Dublin.

A: (8) Are you a student here in Dublin?

B: Yes, I am and my parents (9) are teachers here too.

A: (10) Is their school far from here?

B: No, it (11) isn't (not), it (12) 's near our house.

A: This (13) is my first time in Ireland.

B: (14) Are you in a college?

A: No, I (15) 'm in a family, with my best friend.

B: Ok. Bye bye, enjoy your stay!

Livello A2-B1 Numeri ordinali e data

Questo è il calendario dell’hotel fronte mare a Portsmouth. Completa il brano con le date scritte in forma parlata.

The Seafront Hotel

Summer season: 23/4-20/9
International meeting “What’s the Future of Surgery?”: 1/5-8/5
Half-price week: 10/5-18/5
Special for “honeymoon offer”: 1/6-25/6
High season: 26/6-31/8
National meeting “Dance and Dancers”: 10/9-25/9
Closed for holidays: 2/10-20/12

Our hotel is by the sea. It’s a big, comfortable hotel, suitable for meetings and conferences. Our summer season goes from ......................................................... to ............................................. . A world-famous international meeting takes place in our conference rooms from ........................................................ to .................................................................... . In May there is a special offer – 1 week at half price, from ........................................................ to ........................................................... . As June is the best month for weddings, our hotel offers special prices for newlyweds from .............................................................. to ........................................................ . High season goes from ......................................................................... to ............................................................... . In September we will be hosting a meeting of national dance groups from ......................................................... to ............................................................ . We are closed for winter holidays from ................................................................ to ....................................................................... .

The Seafront Hotel

Summer season: 23/4-20/9
International meeting “What’s the Future of Surgery?”: 1/5-8/5
Half-price week: 10/5-18/5
Special for “honeymoon offer”: 1/6-25/6
High season: 26/6-31/8
National meeting “Dance and Dancers”: 10/9-25/9
Closed for holidays: 2/10-20/12

Our hotel is by the sea. It’s a big, comfortable hotel, suitable for meetings and conferences. Our summer season goes from ......................................................... to ............................................. . A world-famous international meeting takes place in our conference rooms from ........................................................ to .................................................................... . In May there is a special offer – 1 week at half price, from ........................................................ to ........................................................... . As June is the best month for weddings, our hotel offers special prices for newlyweds from .............................................................. to ........................................................ . High season goes from ......................................................................... to ............................................................... . In September we will be hosting a meeting of national dance groups from ......................................................... to ............................................................ . We are closed for winter holidays from ................................................................ to ....................................................................... .

Soluzioni

Our hotel is by the sea. It’s a big, comfortable hotel, suitable for meetings and conferences. Our summer season goes from the twenty-third of April to the twentieth of September. A world-famous international meeting takes place in our conference rooms from the eighth of May to the tenth. In May there is a special offer – 1 week at half price, from the tenth to the eighteenth. As June is the best month for weddings, our hotel offers special prices for newlyweds from the first to the twenty-fifth. High season goes from the twenty-sixth of June to the thirty-first of August. In September we will be hosting a meeting of national dance groups from the tenth to the twenty-fifth . We are closed for winter holidays from the twenty-sixth to the twentieth of December.

Livello A2 Articolo a/an: un, uno, una, un'
Replica alle seguenti affermazioni come nell’esempio.

Esempio: Rome is ancient. Yes, it’s an ancient city.

  1. The film on TV is scary. Yes, ........................................................................................................... film.
  2. Pasta is healthy. Yes, ......................................................................................................... dish.
  3. History is interesting. Yes, ................................................................................................. subject.
  4. London is fashionable. Yes, ........................................................................................................... city.
  5. An English breakfast is substantial. Yes, ....................................................................................................... meal.
  6. English tea is popular. Yes, ....................................................................................................... drink.
  7. St. Peter’s is enormous. Yes, ......................................................................................... cathedral.
  8. Russian is difficult. Yes, .......................................................................................... language.

Esempio: Rome is ancient. Yes, it’s an ancient city.

  1. The film on TV is scary. Yes, ........................................................................................................... film.
  2. Pasta is healthy. Yes, ......................................................................................................... dish.
  3. History is interesting. Yes, ................................................................................................. subject.
  4. London is fashionable. Yes, ........................................................................................................... city.
  5. An English breakfast is substantial. Yes, ....................................................................................................... meal.
  6. English tea is popular. Yes, ....................................................................................................... drink.
  7. St. Peter’s is enormous. Yes, ......................................................................................... cathedral.
  8. Russian is difficult. Yes, .......................................................................................... language.
Soluzioni
  1. The film on TV is scary. Yes, it’s a scary film.
  2. Pasta is healthy. Yes, it’s a healthy dish.
  3. History is interesting. Yes, it’s an interesting subject.
  4. London is fashionable. Yes, it’s a fashionable city.
  5. An English breakfast is substantial. Yes, it’s a substantial meal.
  6. English tea is popular. Yes, it’s a popular drink.
  7. St. Peter’s is enormous. Yes, it’s an enormous cathedral.
  8. Russian is difficult. Yes, it’s a difficult language.
Livello A2 Present simple di To Be (essere)
Riordina le parole date per formulare domande sulla cantante Beyoncé. Abbina le domande 1-8 alle risposte a-h.

La domanda n. 2 è un esempio.
 

  1. Beyoncé / is / old / How / ?
    ....................................................................................................................................
  2. Is / England / she / from?
    Is she from England? (b) No, she isn’t.
  3. job / her / What’s / ?
    ....................................................................................................................................
  4. from / she / Is / Spain / ?
    ....................................................................................................................................
  5. nationality / What / she / is / ?
    ....................................................................................................................................
  6. her / What / home town / is / ?
    ....................................................................................................................................
  7. Is / California / Houston / in / ?
    ....................................................................................................................................
  8. married / she / Is / ?
    ....................................................................................................................................

 

a. It’s Houston.

b. No, she isn’t.

c. No, it’s in Texas.

d. She’s over forty.

e. No, she isn’t.

f. She’s American.

g. She’s a singer and actress.

h. Yes, she is.

La domanda n. 2 è un esempio.
 

  1. Beyoncé / is / old / How / ?
    ....................................................................................................................................
  2. Is / England / she / from?
    Is she from England? (b) No, she isn’t.
  3. job / her / What’s / ?
    ....................................................................................................................................
  4. from / she / Is / Spain / ?
    ....................................................................................................................................
  5. nationality / What / she / is / ?
    ....................................................................................................................................
  6. her / What / home town / is / ?
    ....................................................................................................................................
  7. Is / California / Houston / in / ?
    ....................................................................................................................................
  8. married / she / Is / ?
    ....................................................................................................................................

 

a. It’s Houston.

b. No, she isn’t.

c. No, it’s in Texas.

d. She’s over forty.

e. No, she isn’t.

f. She’s American.

g. She’s a singer and actress.

h. Yes, she is.

Soluzioni
  1. Beyoncé / is / old / How / ?
    How old is Beyoncé? (d) She’s over forty
  2. Is / England / she / from?
    Is she from England? (b) No, she isn’t.
  3. job / her / What’s / ?
    What’s her job? (g) She’s a singer and actress.
  4. from / she / Is / Spain / ?
    Is she from Spain? (e) No, she isn’t.
  5. nationality / What / she / is / ?
    What nationality is she? (f) She’s American.
  6. her / What / home town / is / ?
    What is her home town? (a) It’s Houston.
  7. Is / California / Houston / in / ?
    Is Houston in California? (c) No, it’s in Texas.
  8. married / she / Is / ?
    Is she married? (h) Yes, she is.
Livello A2-B1 Interrogativi con wh...?

Riordina le parole per formare domande corrette.

  1. lunch / is / for / our / today / Sue / preparing / What / ?
    ............................................................................................................................................
  2. number 5 / does / go to / bus / Where / ?
    ............................................................................................................................................
  3. with / coming / the / you / pub / Why / aren’t / to / for / a drink / us / ?
    ............................................................................................................................................
  4. to / is / brother / your / Who / talking / ?
    ............................................................................................................................................
  5. best / class / Who / the / student / is / the / in / ?
    ............................................................................................................................................
  6. your / for / What / does / work / company / father / ?
    ............................................................................................................................................
  1. lunch / is / for / our / today / Sue / preparing / What / ?
    ............................................................................................................................................
  2. number 5 / does / go to / bus / Where / ?
    ............................................................................................................................................
  3. with / coming / the / you / pub / Why / aren’t / to / for / a drink / us / ?
    ............................................................................................................................................
  4. to / is / brother / your / Who / talking / ?
    ............................................................................................................................................
  5. best / class / Who / the / student / is / the / in / ?
    ............................................................................................................................................
  6. your / for / What / does / work / company / father / ?
    ............................................................................................................................................
Soluzioni
  1. What is Sue preparing for our lunch today?
  2. Where does bus number 5 go to?
  3. Why aren’t you coming to the pub for a drink with us?
  4. Who is your brother talking to?
  5. Who is the best student in the class?
  6. What company does your father work for?
Livello A2-B1 Preposizioni di luogo (1)

Riordina le seguenti parole per formare frasi di senso compiuto.

1. your / are / the / keys / table / on

....................................................................................................................................................................................................

2. he / park / often / dog / takes / to / his / the

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

3. dictionary / shelf / on / is / the / the / ?

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

4. bananas / in / Italy / grow / don’t

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

5. you / work / at / now / are / ?

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

6. sleeping / the / cat / is / on / rug / the

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

7. biscuits / the / are / the / cupboard / in

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

8. are / supermarket / you / going / now / the / to / ?

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

9. Rome / time / you / what / arriving / in / are / ?

..................................................................................................................................................................................................

10. Dublin / in / at / live / 30 Carl Road / they

..................................................................................................................................................................................................

1. your / are / the / keys / table / on

....................................................................................................................................................................................................

2. he / park / often / dog / takes / to / his / the

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

3. dictionary / shelf / on / is / the / the / ?

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

4. bananas / in / Italy / grow / don’t

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

5. you / work / at / now / are / ?

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

6. sleeping / the / cat / is / on / rug / the

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

7. biscuits / the / are / the / cupboard / in

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

8. are / supermarket / you / going / now / the / to / ?

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

9. Rome / time / you / what / arriving / in / are / ?

..................................................................................................................................................................................................

10. Dublin / in / at / live / 30 Carl Road / they

..................................................................................................................................................................................................

Soluzioni
  1. Your keys are on the table.
  2. He often takes his dog to the park.
  3. Is the dictionary on the shelf?
  4. Bananas don’t grow in Italy.
  5. Are you at work now?
  6. The cat is sleeping on the rug.
  7. The biscuits are in the cupboard.
  8. Are you going to the supermarket now?
  9. What time are you arriving in Rome?
  10. They live in Dublin at 30 Carl Road.
Livello A2-B1 Pronomi possessivi

Riordina per formare frasi di senso compiuto. Non è necessario aggiungere altre parole.

Esempio:
find / sharpener. / can’t / I / my / yours / Can / I / borrow / ?
I can’t find my sharpener. Can I borrow yours?

1. that / Jeep / red / Does / belong / to / parents / your / ?

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................

2. These / is / keys. / looking / hers. / Mary / for / ones / her / aren’t

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................

3. classmates. / are / our / we / playing / two / tennis / with / of / Tomorrow

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................

4. mine. / notebook / bag / the / This / is / my / but / isn’t / yours / Is / it /?

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................

5. large / kitchen. / modern / got / You’ve / a / yours. / one / to / want / We / similar / buy / to

..................................................................................................................................................................................................................

6. job / in / has / daughter / company. / My / interesting / got / an / tourist / a / yours / about / ? / What / she / work / Does /?

...................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Esempio:
find / sharpener. / can’t / I / my / yours / Can / I / borrow / ?
I can’t find my sharpener. Can I borrow yours?

1. that / Jeep / red / Does / belong / to / parents / your / ?

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................

2. These / is / keys. / looking / hers. / Mary / for / ones / her / aren’t

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................

3. classmates. / are / our / we / playing / two / tennis / with / of / Tomorrow

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................

4. mine. / notebook / bag / the / This / is / my / but / isn’t / yours / Is / it /?

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................

5. large / kitchen. / modern / got / You’ve / a / yours. / one / to / want / We / similar / buy / to

..................................................................................................................................................................................................................

6. job / in / has / daughter / company. / My / interesting / got / an / tourist / a / yours / about / ? / What / she / work / Does /?

...................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Soluzioni
  1. Does that red Jeep belong to your parents?
  2. Mary is looking for her keys. These ones aren’t hers.
  3. Tomorrow we are playing tennis with two of our classmates.
  4. This is my bag but the notebook isn’t mine. Is it yours?
  5. You’ve got a large modern kitchen. We want to buy one similar to yours.
  6. My daughter has got an interesting job in a tourist company. What about yours? Does she work?
Livello A2 There is / there are, Can/can't: potere
Riscrivi frasi in modo che abbiano lo stesso significato di quelle date.
  1. Some houses have en suite bathrooms.
    There .............................................................................................. in some houses.
  2. The flat has got three bedrooms.
    .............................................................................................. are .............................................................................................. in the flat.
  3. Has the house got a terrace and a barbecue?
    .............................................................................................. there .............................................................................................. in the house?
  4. It is possible to book holidays on the internet.
    You  .............................................................................................. 
  5. It is not permitted to smoke in public places.
    You  .............................................................................................. 
  1. Some houses have en suite bathrooms.
    There .............................................................................................. in some houses.
  2. The flat has got three bedrooms.
    .............................................................................................. are .............................................................................................. in the flat.
  3. Has the house got a terrace and a barbecue?
    .............................................................................................. there .............................................................................................. in the house?
  4. It is possible to book holidays on the internet.
    You  .............................................................................................. 
  5. It is not permitted to smoke in public places.
    You  .............................................................................................. 
Soluzioni
  1. There are en suite bathrooms in some houses.
  2. There are three bedrooms in the flat.
  3. Is there a terrace and a barbecue in the house?
  4. You can book holidays on the internet.
  5. You can’t smoke in public places.
Livello A2 Numeri cardinali
Riscrivi in lettere i numeri dati in cifre nelle seguenti frasi.

Esempio:
Paul’s mobile is 345 08218. three four five oh eight two one eight

  1. The temperature today is -5 °C. .......................................................................................................................................
  2. My phone number is 349 880765. .......................................................................................................................................
  3. 1,500 people are at the stadium today. .......................................................................................................................................
  4. The result is: Real Madrid 3, Liverpool 0. .......................................................................................................................................
  5. In August it’s very hot here, about 40 °C. .......................................................................................................................................

Esempio:
Paul’s mobile is 345 08218. three four five oh eight two one eight

  1. The temperature today is -5 °C. .......................................................................................................................................
  2. My phone number is 349 880765. .......................................................................................................................................
  3. 1,500 people are at the stadium today. .......................................................................................................................................
  4. The result is: Real Madrid 3, Liverpool 0. .......................................................................................................................................
  5. In August it’s very hot here, about 40 °C. .......................................................................................................................................
Soluzioni
  1. five degrees Celsius below zero
  2. three four nine double eight oh seven six five
  3. one thousand five hundred
  4. three-nil
  5. forty degrees Celsius
Livello A2 Articolo a/an: un, uno, una, un'
Riscrivi le frasi alla forma singolare.

Esempio:
What interesting men!
What an interesting man!

  1. Are they electricians?
    .............................................................................................................................
  2. Those are Australian flowers.
    .............................................................................................................................
  3. These are awful stories.
    .............................................................................................................................
  4. They are brilliant interpreters.
    ............................................................................................................................
  5. They are intelligent women!
    .............................................................................................................................
  6. They are expensive cities!
    .............................................................................................................................
  7. They are sharp knives!
    .............................................................................................................................

Esempio:
What interesting men!
What an interesting man!

  1. Are they electricians?
    .............................................................................................................................
  2. Those are Australian flowers.
    .............................................................................................................................
  3. These are awful stories.
    .............................................................................................................................
  4. They are brilliant interpreters.
    ............................................................................................................................
  5. They are intelligent women!
    .............................................................................................................................
  6. They are expensive cities!
    .............................................................................................................................
  7. They are sharp knives!
    .............................................................................................................................
Soluzioni
  1. Is he/she an electrician?
  2. That’s an Australian flower.
  3. This is an awful story.
  4. He/She is a brilliant interpreter.
  5. She’s an intelligent woman!
  6. It’s an expensive city!
  7. It’s a sharp knife!
Livello A2-B1 Pronomi possessivi

Riscrivi le frasi usando il pronome possessivo e mantenendo lo stesso significato.

Esempio:
“These are not our suitcases!” “Which are your suitcases, then?”
“These suitcases are not ours!” “Which suitcases are yours, then?”

1. “Are these your gloves?” “No, my gloves are black.”

.............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

2. Those boys? They are not my friends.

.............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

3. Some of our classmates live near the school.

.............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

4. Does Paul attend university with some of your friends?

.............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

5. She’s going on holiday with one of her cousins.

.............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Esempio:
“These are not our suitcases!” “Which are your suitcases, then?”
“These suitcases are not ours!” “Which suitcases are yours, then?”

1. “Are these your gloves?” “No, my gloves are black.”

.............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

2. Those boys? They are not my friends.

.............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

3. Some of our classmates live near the school.

.............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

4. Does Paul attend university with some of your friends?

.............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

5. She’s going on holiday with one of her cousins.

.............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Soluzioni
  1. “Are these gloves yours?” “No, mine are black.”
  2. Those boys? They aren’t friends of mine.
  3. Some classmates of ours live near the school.
  4. Does Paul attend university with some friends of yours?
  5. She’s going on holiday with a cousin of hers.
Livello A2-B1 Pronomi possessivi

Riscrivi le frasi usando le due costruzioni indicate in Importante.

Esempio:
They’ve got two cats. One is called Leo.
a. One of their cats is called Leo.
b. One cat of theirs is called Leo.

1. “Have you got a lot of friends?” “Yes. Some are from London.”
a. Some of ......................................................................................................
b. Some friends of ..................................................................................

2. We’ve got a big collection of porcelain figurines. Three of them are very valuable.
a. Three of ......................................................................................................
b. Three figurines of ...............................................................................

3. They’ve got three children. Two of them don’t go to school yet.
a. Two of ..........................................................................................................
b. Two children of ....................................................................................

Esempio:
They’ve got two cats. One is called Leo.
a. One of their cats is called Leo.
b. One cat of theirs is called Leo.

1. “Have you got a lot of friends?” “Yes. Some are from London.”
a. Some of ......................................................................................................
b. Some friends of ..................................................................................

2. We’ve got a big collection of porcelain figurines. Three of them are very valuable.
a. Three of ......................................................................................................
b. Three figurines of ...............................................................................

3. They’ve got three children. Two of them don’t go to school yet.
a. Two of ..........................................................................................................
b. Two children of ....................................................................................

Soluzioni

1. “Have you got a lot of friends?” “Yes. Some are from London.”
a. Some of her friends are from London.
b. Some friends of hers are from London.

2. We’ve got a big collection of porcelain figurines. Three of them are very valuable.
a. Three of our figurines are very valuable.
b. Three figurines of ours are very valuable.

3. They’ve got three children. Two of them don’t go to school yet.
a. Two of their children don’t go to school yet.
b. Two children of theirs don’t go to school yet.

Livello A2-B1 Genitivo sassone

Riscrivi le seguenti frasi usando il genitivo sassone oppure la struttura “sostantivo + sostantivo”.

Esempio:
The keys of the office → The office keys

1. The tail of the pony. ...............................................................................................................................................

2. The computers of the school. ...............................................................................................................................................

3. The table of the kitchen. ...............................................................................................................................................

4. A holiday of a week. ...............................................................................................................................................

5. The “Daily Sun” of yesterday. ...............................................................................................................................................

6. The reservation for the hotel. ...............................................................................................................................................

7. The report of the police. ...............................................................................................................................................

8. Shoes for tennis. ...............................................................................................................................................

Esempio:
The keys of the office → The office keys

1. The tail of the pony. ...............................................................................................................................................

2. The computers of the school. ...............................................................................................................................................

3. The table of the kitchen. ...............................................................................................................................................

4. A holiday of a week. ...............................................................................................................................................

5. The “Daily Sun” of yesterday. ...............................................................................................................................................

6. The reservation for the hotel. ...............................................................................................................................................

7. The report of the police. ...............................................................................................................................................

8. Shoes for tennis. ...............................................................................................................................................

Soluzioni
  1. The pony tail
  2. The school computers
  3. The kitchen table
  4. A week’s holiday
  5. Yesterday’s “Daily Sun”
  6. The hotel reservation
  7. The police report
  8. Tennis shoes
Livello A2-B1 Numeri ordinali e data

Rispondi alle seguenti domande.

Esempio:
When is Halloween?
It’s on 31st October.

1. What is the date today?

.....................................................................................................................................

2. What is your date of birth?

.....................................................................................................................................

3. When is Saint Valentine’s Day?

.....................................................................................................................................

4. When is the birthday of your best friend?

.....................................................................................................................................

5. When is Christmas Day?

.....................................................................................................................................

6. When is April Fool’s Day?

.....................................................................................................................................

7. When is “Ferragosto”?

.....................................................................................................................................

8. When do we celebrate “Liberazione”?

.....................................................................................................................................

9. When’s the anniversary of the Twin Towers attack?

.....................................................................................................................................

10. When’s May Day?

.....................................................................................................................................

Esempio:
When is Halloween?
It’s on 31st October.

1. What is the date today?

.....................................................................................................................................

2. What is your date of birth?

.....................................................................................................................................

3. When is Saint Valentine’s Day?

.....................................................................................................................................

4. When is the birthday of your best friend?

.....................................................................................................................................

5. When is Christmas Day?

.....................................................................................................................................

6. When is April Fool’s Day?

.....................................................................................................................................

7. When is “Ferragosto”?

.....................................................................................................................................

8. When do we celebrate “Liberazione”?

.....................................................................................................................................

9. When’s the anniversary of the Twin Towers attack?

.....................................................................................................................................

10. When’s May Day?

.....................................................................................................................................

Soluzioni
  1. Risposta libera.
  2. Risposta soggettiva.
  3. It’s on 14th February.
  4. Risposta soggettiva.
  5. It’s on 25th December.
  6. It’s on 1st April.
  7. It’s on 15th August.
  8. It’s on 25th April.
  9. It’s on 11th September.
  10. It’s on 1st May.
Livello A2-B1 L'ora

Rispondi alle seguenti domande. Utilizza l’orario italiano indicato tra parentesi e scrivilo in lettere usando la forma adeguata.

Esempio:
What time is the concert this evening? (8:45)
It’s at a quarter to nine.

  1. What time is the next bus to the swimming pool? (17:05)
    .........................................................................................................................................................................
  2. What time have you got the appointment with your manager? (10:45)
    .........................................................................................................................................................................
  3. What time do lessons start? (20:00)
    .........................................................................................................................................................................
  4. What time does the train for Rome leave? (12:13)
    .........................................................................................................................................................................
  5. What time is our English lesson tomorrow? (11:50)
    .........................................................................................................................................................................
  6. How long is the sightseeing tour? (start 3:15 – finish 6:30)
    .........................................................................................................................................................................
  7. What time are you meeting your cousin at the airport? (13:00)
    ..........................................................................................................................................................................

Esempio:
What time is the concert this evening? (8:45)
It’s at a quarter to nine.

  1. What time is the next bus to the swimming pool? (17:05)
    .........................................................................................................................................................................
  2. What time have you got the appointment with your manager? (10:45)
    .........................................................................................................................................................................
  3. What time do lessons start? (20:00)
    .........................................................................................................................................................................
  4. What time does the train for Rome leave? (12:13)
    .........................................................................................................................................................................
  5. What time is our English lesson tomorrow? (11:50)
    .........................................................................................................................................................................
  6. How long is the sightseeing tour? (start 3:15 – finish 6:30)
    .........................................................................................................................................................................
  7. What time are you meeting your cousin at the airport? (13:00)
    ..........................................................................................................................................................................
Soluzioni
  1. It’s at five oh five./It’s at five past five.
  2. It’s at a quarter to eleven.
  3. They start at eight p.m.
  4. It leaves at twelve thirteen.
  5. It’s at ten to twelve.
  6. It starts at three fifteen and finishes at six thirty.
  7. At one o’clock.
Livello A2-B1 Present continuous VS Present simple

Rispondi brevemente alle domande.

  1. What is the main reason for climate change?
    ........................................................................................................................................................................................
    ........................................................................................................................................................................................
  2. Why is carbon dioxide dangerous?
    ........................................................................................................................................................................................
    ........................................................................................................................................................................................
  3. Why can trees help save the planet?
    ........................................................................................................................................................................................
    ........................................................................................................................................................................................
  1. What is the main reason for climate change?
    ........................................................................................................................................................................................
    ........................................................................................................................................................................................
  2. Why is carbon dioxide dangerous?
    ........................................................................................................................................................................................
    ........................................................................................................................................................................................
  3. Why can trees help save the planet?
    ........................................................................................................................................................................................
    ........................................................................................................................................................................................
Soluzioni

Risposte soggettive

Livello A2-B1 Forma in -ing del verbo (1)

Rispondi in modo personale alle seguenti domande.

1. What do you like doing on Saturdays?

....................................................................................................................................

2. What do you hate doing when you are on holiday?

....................................................................................................................................

3. Do you generally prefer staying with other people or spending most of your time alone?

....................................................................................................................................

4. Which sports do you hate doing?

....................................................................................................................................

5. What kind of books do you like reading?

....................................................................................................................................

6. Which TV programmes do you enjoy watching in the evenings?

....................................................................................................................................

7. I can’t stand queuing. What about you?

....................................................................................................................................

8. My dad doesn’t mind ironing. What about yours?

....................................................................................................................................

1. What do you like doing on Saturdays?

....................................................................................................................................

2. What do you hate doing when you are on holiday?

....................................................................................................................................

3. Do you generally prefer staying with other people or spending most of your time alone?

....................................................................................................................................

4. Which sports do you hate doing?

....................................................................................................................................

5. What kind of books do you like reading?

....................................................................................................................................

6. Which TV programmes do you enjoy watching in the evenings?

....................................................................................................................................

7. I can’t stand queuing. What about you?

....................................................................................................................................

8. My dad doesn’t mind ironing. What about yours?

....................................................................................................................................

Soluzioni

Risposte soggettive.

Livello A2-B1 Articolo determinativo the (1)

Scegli l’alternativa corretta per completare i seguenti modi di dire inglesi. L'esercizio è avviato.

  1. ...... time flies when you are having ..... fun.
    1. the/the
    2.  –/–
    3.  the/a
  2. A bird in .............. hand is worth two in .............. bush.
    1. the/the
    2. –/–
    3. a/a
  3. .............. penny saved is .............. penny earned.
    1. –/the
    2. the/the
    3. a/a
  4. Let .............. cat out of .............. bag.
    1. –/the
    2. the/the
    3. a/a
  5. .............. early bird gets .............. worm.
    1. the/the
    2. –/–
    3. a/a
  6. It’s raining .............. cats and .............. dogs.
    1. the/the
    2. –/the
    3. –/–
  7. You can’t make .............. omelette without breaking .............. eggs.
    1. an/–
    2. –/–
    3. the/–
  8. There are .............. clouds on .............. horizon.
    1. –/–
    2. –/the
    3. the/the
  9. Make .............. hay while .............. sun shines.
    1. a/the
    2. the/the
    3. –/the
  10. .............. apple a day keeps .............. doctor away.
    1. an/the
    2. an/–
    3. the/the
  11. ............ actions speak louder than .............. words.
    1. the/the
    2. –/–
    3. –/the
  12. You can’t judge .............. book by its cover.
    1. a
    2. the
    3. an
  1. ...... time flies when you are having ..... fun.
    1. the/the
    2.  –/–
    3.  the/a
  2. A bird in .............. hand is worth two in .............. bush.
    1. the/the
    2. –/–
    3. a/a
  3. .............. penny saved is .............. penny earned.
    1. –/the
    2. the/the
    3. a/a
  4. Let .............. cat out of .............. bag.
    1. –/the
    2. the/the
    3. a/a
  5. .............. early bird gets .............. worm.
    1. the/the
    2. –/–
    3. a/a
  6. It’s raining .............. cats and .............. dogs.
    1. the/the
    2. –/the
    3. –/–
  7. You can’t make .............. omelette without breaking .............. eggs.
    1. an/–
    2. –/–
    3. the/–
  8. There are .............. clouds on .............. horizon.
    1. –/–
    2. –/the
    3. the/the
  9. Make .............. hay while .............. sun shines.
    1. a/the
    2. the/the
    3. –/the
  10. .............. apple a day keeps .............. doctor away.
    1. an/the
    2. an/–
    3. the/the
  11. ............ actions speak louder than .............. words.
    1. the/the
    2. –/–
    3. –/the
  12. You can’t judge .............. book by its cover.
    1. a
    2. the
    3. an
Soluzioni
  1. b
  2. a
  3. c
  4. b
  5. a
  6. c
  7. a
  8. b
  9. c
  10. a
  11. b
  12. a
Livello A2-B1 Present simple

Scegli l’alternativa corretta per le seguenti frasi.

  1. “What does Robert do? in his free time?” “He watches films.”
    a. do Robert does? / He does watch
    b. does Robert do? / He watches
    c. is Robert doing? / He is watching
    d. do Robert watches? / He watching
  2. Barbara usually .............................................................. very early in the morning.

    a. is get up
    b. is getting up
    c. gets up
    d. get up

  3. What time .............................................................. your house?
    a. leaving you
    b. you do leave
    c. do you leave
    d. you leave

  4. “Do you go to school by bus?” “Yes, I ..................................”
    a. do
    b. am
    c. go
    d. not go

  5. How many subjects ..............................................................?
    a. study you
    b. do you study
    c. you studying
    d. you study

  6. What school do you ..............................................................?
    a. attend
    b. frequent
    c. enrol
    d. serve

  7. Lessons .............................................................. at 9:00 a.m.
    a. starts
    b. start
    c. are starting
    d. starting

  8. “.............................................................. fish?” “No, I don’t.”
    a. Don’t you like
    b. You not like
    c. You don’t like
    d. Not like you

  9. What ..............................................................?
    a. does your mother
    b. do your mother does
    c. your mother does
    d. does your mother do

  10. My father .............................................................. very early in the morning.
    a. leaves home
    b. leaves house
    c. is leaving home
    d. is leave house

  11. My brother .............................................................. physics at university.
    a. studys
    b. studies
    c. studyes
    d. is study

  12. What time .............................................................. work?
    a. finish your father
    b. does your father finishes
    c. finishes your father
    d. does your father finish

  13. On Friday evenings ..................................................... to the pub.
    a. we are going
    b. we going
    c. we go
    d. we are go

  14. .............................................................. near you?
    a. Doesn’t your friend live
    b. Doesn’t your friend lives
    c. Your friend doesn’t live
    d. Lives your friend

  15. He .............................................................. on the sofa every day after work.
    a. relaxs
    b. relaxes
    c. relaxss
    d. relax

  16. My parents .............................................................. dancing.
    a. doesn’t like
    b. don’t likes
    c. like
    d. likes

  1. “What does Robert do? in his free time?” “He watches films.”
    a. do Robert does? / He does watch
    b. does Robert do? / He watches
    c. is Robert doing? / He is watching
    d. do Robert watches? / He watching
  2. Barbara usually .............................................................. very early in the morning.

    a. is get up
    b. is getting up
    c. gets up
    d. get up

  3. What time .............................................................. your house?
    a. leaving you
    b. you do leave
    c. do you leave
    d. you leave

  4. “Do you go to school by bus?” “Yes, I ..................................”
    a. do
    b. am
    c. go
    d. not go

  5. How many subjects ..............................................................?
    a. study you
    b. do you study
    c. you studying
    d. you study

  6. What school do you ..............................................................?
    a. attend
    b. frequent
    c. enrol
    d. serve

  7. Lessons .............................................................. at 9:00 a.m.
    a. starts
    b. start
    c. are starting
    d. starting

  8. “.............................................................. fish?” “No, I don’t.”
    a. Don’t you like
    b. You not like
    c. You don’t like
    d. Not like you

  9. What ..............................................................?
    a. does your mother
    b. do your mother does
    c. your mother does
    d. does your mother do

  10. My father .............................................................. very early in the morning.
    a. leaves home
    b. leaves house
    c. is leaving home
    d. is leave house

  11. My brother .............................................................. physics at university.
    a. studys
    b. studies
    c. studyes
    d. is study

  12. What time .............................................................. work?
    a. finish your father
    b. does your father finishes
    c. finishes your father
    d. does your father finish

  13. On Friday evenings ..................................................... to the pub.
    a. we are going
    b. we going
    c. we go
    d. we are go

  14. .............................................................. near you?
    a. Doesn’t your friend live
    b. Doesn’t your friend lives
    c. Your friend doesn’t live
    d. Lives your friend

  15. He .............................................................. on the sofa every day after work.
    a. relaxs
    b. relaxes
    c. relaxss
    d. relax

  16. My parents .............................................................. dancing.
    a. doesn’t like
    b. don’t likes
    c. like
    d. likes

Soluzioni
  1. “What does Robert do? in his free time?” “He watches films.”
  2. Barbara usually gets up very early in the morning.
  3. What time do you leave your house?
  4. “Do you go to school by bus?” “Yes, I do.”
  5. How many subjects do you study?
  6. What school do you attend?
  7. Lessons start at 9:00 a.m.
  8. Don't you like fish?” “No, I don’t.”
  9. What does your mother do?
  10. My father leaves home very early in the morning.
  11. My brother studies physics at university.
  12. What time does your father finish work?
  13. On Friday evenings we go to the pub.
  14. Doesn’t your friend live near you?
  15. He relaxes on the sofa every day after work.
  16. My parents like dancing.
Livello A2-B1 Present continuous

Scegli l’alternativa corretta per ogni frase.

  1. I .......................................................... to the gym tonight.
    not going / am not going / am not go
  2. Patty ........................................................... a new job now.
    is looking for / are looking for / looks for
  3. He .......................................................... out of the window, but he can’t see a thing. It is foggy (nebbioso).
    looking / is not looking / is looking
  4. The French classes .......................................................... next Tuesday.
    starting / are starting / starts
  5. What time .......................................................... lunch today?
    are they haveing / are they have / are they having
  6. What bus .......................................................... for?
    are you wait / are you waiting / is you wait
  1. I .......................................................... to the gym tonight.
    not going / am not going / am not go
  2. Patty ........................................................... a new job now.
    is looking for / are looking for / looks for
  3. He .......................................................... out of the window, but he can’t see a thing. It is foggy (nebbioso).
    looking / is not looking / is looking
  4. The French classes .......................................................... next Tuesday.
    starting / are starting / starts
  5. What time .......................................................... lunch today?
    are they haveing / are they have / are they having
  6. What bus .......................................................... for?
    are you wait / are you waiting / is you wait
Soluzioni
  1. I am not going to the gym tonight.
  2. Patty is looking for a new job now.
  3. He is looking out of the window, but he can’t see a thing. It is foggy (nebbioso).
  4. The French classes are starting next Tuesday.
  5. What time are they having lunch today?
  6. What bus are you waiting for?
Livello A2-B1 Present continuous VS Present simple

Scegli l’alternativa corretta.

  1. My brothers often .................................................................. but they .................................................................. at the moment.

    a. fight/don’t fight
    b. fight/are not fighting
    c. are fighting/are not fighting
    d. are fighting/don’t fight

  2. Sorry. I can’t help. I ..................................................... the answer. I .................................................................. chemistry at school.

    a. am not knowing/am not studying
    b. don’t know/don’t study
    c. am not knowing/am not studying
    d. don’t know/am study

  3. This milk .................................................................. a bit off. You always .................................................................. to put it back in the fridge!

    a. is tasting/is forgetting
    b. taste/forget
    c. doesn’t taste/doesn’t forget
    d. tastes/forget

  4. I .................................................................. her telephone number at the moment. .................................................................. it?

    a. am not remembering/Have you
    b. am not remembering/Are you having
    c. don’t remember/Have you got
    d. don’t remember/You have got

  5. What .................................................................. of your new job? .................................................................. it?

    a. are you thinking/Are you liking
    b. are you thinking/Do you like
    c. do you think/Are you liking
    d. do you think/Do you like

  6. The city tour .................................................................. at 4 pm and .................................................................. at 7 pm.
    a. is starting/ends
    b. starts/ends
    c. starts/is ending
    d. is starting/is ending
  7. I .................................................................. what you .................................................................. . Can you repeat, please?
    a. don’t understand/are saying
    b. am not understanding/say
    c. don’t understand/say
    d. am not understanding/are saying
  8. Barbara usually ................................................................ to work, but sometimes her husband ......................................................... her there.
    a. is walking/drives
    b. walks/drives
    c. is walking/drives
    d. walks/is driving
  1. My brothers often .................................................................. but they .................................................................. at the moment.

    a. fight/don’t fight
    b. fight/are not fighting
    c. are fighting/are not fighting
    d. are fighting/don’t fight

  2. Sorry. I can’t help. I ..................................................... the answer. I .................................................................. chemistry at school.

    a. am not knowing/am not studying
    b. don’t know/don’t study
    c. am not knowing/am not studying
    d. don’t know/am study

  3. This milk .................................................................. a bit off. You always .................................................................. to put it back in the fridge!

    a. is tasting/is forgetting
    b. taste/forget
    c. doesn’t taste/doesn’t forget
    d. tastes/forget

  4. I .................................................................. her telephone number at the moment. .................................................................. it?

    a. am not remembering/Have you
    b. am not remembering/Are you having
    c. don’t remember/Have you got
    d. don’t remember/You have got

  5. What .................................................................. of your new job? .................................................................. it?

    a. are you thinking/Are you liking
    b. are you thinking/Do you like
    c. do you think/Are you liking
    d. do you think/Do you like

  6. The city tour .................................................................. at 4 pm and .................................................................. at 7 pm.
    a. is starting/ends
    b. starts/ends
    c. starts/is ending
    d. is starting/is ending
  7. I .................................................................. what you .................................................................. . Can you repeat, please?
    a. don’t understand/are saying
    b. am not understanding/say
    c. don’t understand/say
    d. am not understanding/are saying
  8. Barbara usually ................................................................ to work, but sometimes her husband ......................................................... her there.
    a. is walking/drives
    b. walks/drives
    c. is walking/drives
    d. walks/is driving
Soluzioni
  1. My brothers often fight but they are not fighting at the moment.
  2. Sorry. I can’t help. I don’t know the answer. I don’t study chemistry at school.
  3. This milk tastes a bit off. You always forget to put it back in the fridge!
  4. I don’t remember her telephone number at the moment. Have you got it?
  5. What do you think of your new job? Do you like it?
  6. The city tour starts at 4 pm and ends at 7 pm.
  7. I don’t understand what you are saying. Can you repeat, please?
  8. Barbara usually walks to work, but sometimes her husband drives her there.
Livello A2 Verbo To Be: espressioni idiomatiche
Scegli per ogni frase (A) il corretto completamento (B) e la risposta (C). Poi trascrivi le frasi complete.

A

1. Is this mobile
2. What’s the weather
3. How is
4. A glass of
5. Is this address
6. I’m not hungry but

B

a. water, please,
b. I’m thirsty because
c. expensive?
d. right?
e. like in Italy? It’s
f. Mary today?

C

h. cold and rainy.
i. No, it’s wrong.
j. No, it’s only 100 euro.
k. She’s fine, thanks.
l. I’m thirsty.
m. it’s very hot.

Completamenti:

1. ..............   .............. 

2. ..............   .............. 

3. ..............   .............. 

4. ..............   .............. 

5. ..............   .............. 

6. ..............   .............. 

Frasi complete:

..........................................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................................

A

1. Is this mobile
2. What’s the weather
3. How is
4. A glass of
5. Is this address
6. I’m not hungry but

B

a. water, please,
b. I’m thirsty because
c. expensive?
d. right?
e. like in Italy? It’s
f. Mary today?

C

h. cold and rainy.
i. No, it’s wrong.
j. No, it’s only 100 euro.
k. She’s fine, thanks.
l. I’m thirsty.
m. it’s very hot.

Completamenti:

1. ..............   .............. 

2. ..............   .............. 

3. ..............   .............. 

4. ..............   .............. 

5. ..............   .............. 

6. ..............   .............. 

Frasi complete:

..........................................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................................

Soluzioni

1. c   j 

2. e   h 

3. f   k 

4. a   l  

5. d   i  

6. b   m

Livello A2-B1 Uso di would like

Scrivi dei mini dialoghi per ogni situazione.

1. You have two tickets for an important concert in your town. Invite Barbara to come with you. She refuses, she has an exam the following morning.

....................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................

2. You invite your new neighbours, the Reeves, to come for dinner next weekend. They accept.

....................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................

3. You are going to Madrid with your family for four days next month. Invite your best friend to come with you. He has some relatives arriving from Australia.

....................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................

4. You have a new video game. Invite Margaret to play it. She accepts.

....................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................

5. You are going out for a pizza with some friends. Invite your younger brother to come with you. He can’t come, because he is meeting some friends at nine.

....................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................

6. There’s an interesting play at the theatre. Invite your mother. She accepts.

....................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................

1. You have two tickets for an important concert in your town. Invite Barbara to come with you. She refuses, she has an exam the following morning.

....................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................

2. You invite your new neighbours, the Reeves, to come for dinner next weekend. They accept.

....................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................

3. You are going to Madrid with your family for four days next month. Invite your best friend to come with you. He has some relatives arriving from Australia.

....................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................

4. You have a new video game. Invite Margaret to play it. She accepts.

....................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................

5. You are going out for a pizza with some friends. Invite your younger brother to come with you. He can’t come, because he is meeting some friends at nine.

....................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................

6. There’s an interesting play at the theatre. Invite your mother. She accepts.

....................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................

Soluzioni
  1. “Would you like to come to the concert with me next Saturday, Barbara?” “I’d love to, but I can’t, I have an exam the following morning.”
  2. “Would you like to come for dinner next weekend, Mr Reeves?” “Yes, that’s very kind of you, you’re an excellent cook.”
  3. “I’m going to Madrid with my family next month. We are staying for four days. Would you like/Do you want to come with us, David?” “That’s very kind of you, but some relatives from Australia are arriving.”
  4. “Hi Margaret, I have a new video game. Would you like/do you want to play it with me?” “Yes, I’d love to.”
  5. “Simon, would you like/do you want to come and have a pizza with me and my friends this evening?” “I’d love to, but I’m meeting some friends at nine.”
  6. “Mum, there’s an interesting play at the theatre tonight, would you like/do you want to go?” “Oh yes, I’d love to.”
Livello A2-B1 Interrogativi con how...?

Scrivi domande con le parti date. Aggiungi gli interrogativi e altre parti necessarie.

Esempio
your new / sunglasses / cost? 120 euro
How much do your new sunglasses cost?

  1. email messages / you / send / a week? About ten.
    ....................................................................................................................................
  2. you / usually / surf the Net / each day? About an hour.
    ....................................................................................................................................
  3. the Empire State Building? I think it is almost 400 metres high.
    ....................................................................................................................................
  4. students / when / leave / secondary school? They leave school at 18.
    ....................................................................................................................................
  5. is / station / from the hotel? It’s only ten minutes away.
    ....................................................................................................................................
  6. you / go / on holiday? Twice a year.
    ....................................................................................................................................
  7. your flight to London take? About two hours.
    ....................................................................................................................................
  8. long / take / to get to the bank on foot?
    ....................................................................................................................................
  9. deep / is / your swimming pool? It’s 1.50 metres deep.
    ....................................................................................................................................

Esempio
your new / sunglasses / cost? 120 euro
How much do your new sunglasses cost?

  1. email messages / you / send / a week? About ten.
    ....................................................................................................................................
  2. you / usually / surf the Net / each day? About an hour.
    ....................................................................................................................................
  3. the Empire State Building? I think it is almost 400 metres high.
    ....................................................................................................................................
  4. students / when / leave / secondary school? They leave school at 18.
    ....................................................................................................................................
  5. is / station / from the hotel? It’s only ten minutes away.
    ....................................................................................................................................
  6. you / go / on holiday? Twice a year.
    ....................................................................................................................................
  7. your flight to London take? About two hours.
    ....................................................................................................................................
  8. long / take / to get to the bank on foot?
    ....................................................................................................................................
  9. deep / is / your swimming pool? It’s 1.50 metres deep.
    ....................................................................................................................................
Soluzioni
  1. How many emails do you send a week?
  2. How many hours each day do you usually surf the Net?
  3. How high is the Empire State Building?
  4. How old are students when they leave secondary school?
  5. How far is the station from the hotel?
  6. How often do you go on holiday?
  7. How long does your flight to London take?
  8. How long does it take to get to the bank on foot?
  9. How deep is your swimming pool?
Livello A2-B1 Interrogativi con how...?

Scrivi domande con l’uso dell’interrogativo corretto e dei tempi del presente.

Esempio
There are three bedrooms in my house.
How many bedrooms are there in your house?

  1. We have English classes twice a week.
    ....................................................................................................................................

  2. My mother? She’s feeling well, thanks.
    ....................................................................................................................................

  3. There are 10 girls in my class.
    ....................................................................................................................................

  4. It costs only five euro.
    ....................................................................................................................................

  5. To the cinema? Usually once a month.
    ....................................................................................................................................

  6. The bank? It’s a short walk from here.
    ....................................................................................................................................

  7. My swimming pool? About 2 metres.
    ....................................................................................................................................

Esempio
There are three bedrooms in my house.
How many bedrooms are there in your house?

  1. We have English classes twice a week.
    ....................................................................................................................................

  2. My mother? She’s feeling well, thanks.
    ....................................................................................................................................

  3. There are 10 girls in my class.
    ....................................................................................................................................

  4. It costs only five euro.
    ....................................................................................................................................

  5. To the cinema? Usually once a month.
    ....................................................................................................................................

  6. The bank? It’s a short walk from here.
    ....................................................................................................................................

  7. My swimming pool? About 2 metres.
    ....................................................................................................................................

Soluzioni
  1. How often do you have English classes?
  2. How’s your mother?
  3. How many girls are there in your class?
  4. How much does it cost?
  5. How often do you go to the cinema?
  6. How far is the bank from here?
  7. How deep is your swimming pool?
Livello A2-B1 Interrogativi con wh...?

Scrivi domande per le seguenti risposte.

  1. I like the blue T-shirt, not the red one.
    ....................​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........
  2. Tomorrow my sister is meeting an English friend.
    ..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........
  3. My favourite films are thrillers and spy stories.
    ..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........
  4. The boy playing with the dog is my cousin.
    ..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........
  5. I usually have lunch in the factory canteen.
    ..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........
  6. Sorry. I can’t come with you tomorrow, because I’m helping my father in the garden.
    ..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........
  7. Because I’m not hungry today.
    ..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........
  8. They are from Germany.
    ..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........
  9. We are waiting for our friends.
    ..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........
  10. I’m listening to rock music.
    ..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........
  1. I like the blue T-shirt, not the red one.
    ....................​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........
  2. Tomorrow my sister is meeting an English friend.
    ..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........
  3. My favourite films are thrillers and spy stories.
    ..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........
  4. The boy playing with the dog is my cousin.
    ..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........
  5. I usually have lunch in the factory canteen.
    ..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........
  6. Sorry. I can’t come with you tomorrow, because I’m helping my father in the garden.
    ..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........
  7. Because I’m not hungry today.
    ..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........
  8. They are from Germany.
    ..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........
  9. We are waiting for our friends.
    ..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........
  10. I’m listening to rock music.
    ..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........
Soluzioni
  1. Which T-shirt do you like?
  2. Who is your sister meeting tomorrow?
  3. Which films do you prefer?
  4. Who’s the boy playing with the dog?
  5. Where do you usually have lunch?
  6. Why can’t you come with me tomorrow?
  7. Why aren’t you eating?
  8. Where are they from?
  9. Who are you waiting for?
  10. What music are you listening to?
Livello A2-B1 Past simple dei verbi regolari e irregolari (1)

Scrivi frasi affermative con il past simple dei verbi regolari e irregolari. Aggiungi le parti necessarie.

Esempio:
Leonardo da Vinci / paint / Mona Lisa / between 1503 and 1506
Leonardo da Vinci painted the Mona Lisa between 1503 and 1506.

1. I / understand / everything / when / he / speak / English / to me / last night

....................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................

2. I / call / Anne / because / I / want / to invite her / dinner / but she / be busy

....................................................................................................................................

3. When the police / arrive / they / catch / burglar

....................................................................................................................................

4. They / think / we / be / Spanish / so / they / make / paella / for us

....................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................

5. Mary / study / for three hours / then / she / lie / sofa / to relax

....................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................

6. It / be / nearly / lunchtime / so / we / lay / table

....................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................

7. We / travel / all over the world / and visit / Italy too

....................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................

8. July 2006 / Italy / win / its fourth / World Cup

....................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................

Esempio:
Leonardo da Vinci / paint / Mona Lisa / between 1503 and 1506
Leonardo da Vinci painted the Mona Lisa between 1503 and 1506.

1. I / understand / everything / when / he / speak / English / to me / last night

....................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................

2. I / call / Anne / because / I / want / to invite her / dinner / but she / be busy

....................................................................................................................................

3. When the police / arrive / they / catch / burglar

....................................................................................................................................

4. They / think / we / be / Spanish / so / they / make / paella / for us

....................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................

5. Mary / study / for three hours / then / she / lie / sofa / to relax

....................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................

6. It / be / nearly / lunchtime / so / we / lay / table

....................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................

7. We / travel / all over the world / and visit / Italy too

....................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................

8. July 2006 / Italy / win / its fourth / World Cup

....................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................

Soluzioni
  1. I understood everything when he spoke English to me last night.
  2. I called Anne because I wanted to invite her to dinner but she was busy.
  3. When the police arrived, they caught the burglar.
  4. They thought we were Spanish so they made paella for us.
  5. Mary studied for three hours and then she lay on the sofa to relax.
  6. It was nearly lunchtime so we laid the table.
  7. We travelled all over the world and visited Italy too.
  8. In July 2006 Italy won its fourth World Cup.
Livello A2-B1 Preposizioni di luogo (1)

Scrivi frasi complete abbinando le parti dei tre gruppi.

Gruppo A

  1. My aunt teaches
  2. How do I get
  3. I often see
  4. They never arrive at
  5. What time do you
  6. Are you coming to
  7. She likes lying
  8. When I am on

Gruppo B

  1. the plane
  2. from here
  3. my birthday party
  4. the sun
  5. modern languages
  6. Barbara
  7. in school
  8. get back home

Gruppo C

  1. I sit on time.
  2. from school?
  3. next Saturday?
  4. at university.
  5. to the station?
  6. at the bus stop.
  7. on the beach.
  8. next to the window.

Esempio:
1. My aunt teaches modern languages at university.

2. ...........................................................................................................................................................

3. ...........................................................................................................................................................

4. ...........................................................................................................................................................

5. ...........................................................................................................................................................

6. ...........................................................................................................................................................

7. ...........................................................................................................................................................

8. ...........................................................................................................................................................

Gruppo A

  1. My aunt teaches
  2. How do I get
  3. I often see
  4. They never arrive at
  5. What time do you
  6. Are you coming to
  7. She likes lying
  8. When I am on

Gruppo B

  1. the plane
  2. from here
  3. my birthday party
  4. the sun
  5. modern languages
  6. Barbara
  7. in school
  8. get back home

Gruppo C

  1. I sit on time.
  2. from school?
  3. next Saturday?
  4. at university.
  5. to the station?
  6. at the bus stop.
  7. on the beach.
  8. next to the window.

Esempio:
1. My aunt teaches modern languages at university.

2. ...........................................................................................................................................................

3. ...........................................................................................................................................................

4. ...........................................................................................................................................................

5. ...........................................................................................................................................................

6. ...........................................................................................................................................................

7. ...........................................................................................................................................................

8. ...........................................................................................................................................................

Soluzioni

1. My aunt teaches modern languages at university.

2. How do I get from here to the station?

3. I often see Barbara at the bus stop.

4. They never arrive at school on time.

5. What time do you get back home from school?

6. Are you coming to my birthday party next Saturday?

7. She likes lying in the sun on the beach.

8. When I am on the plane I sit next to the window.

Livello A2 Pronomi personali soggetto
Scrivi i seguenti sostantivi sotto il pronome personale soggetto corrispondente.

television • sister • mother • girl • waiter • boyfriend • garden • niece • wife • coffee • father • book • husband • nephew • house

HE

  • father
  • ____________
  • ____________
  • ____________
  • ____________

SHE

  • wife
  • ____________
  • ____________
  • ____________
  • ____________

IT

  • garden
  • ____________
  • ____________
  • ____________
  • ____________

 

television • sister • mother • girl • waiter • boyfriend • garden • niece • wife • coffee • father • book • husband • nephew • house

HE

  • father
  • ____________
  • ____________
  • ____________
  • ____________

SHE

  • wife
  • ____________
  • ____________
  • ____________
  • ____________

IT

  • garden
  • ____________
  • ____________
  • ____________
  • ____________

 

Soluzioni

HE

  • waiter
  • boyfriend
  • husband
  • nephew

SHE

  • sister
  • mother
  • girl
  • niece

IT

  • television
  • coffee
  • book
  • house
Livello A2 Aggettivi qualificativi

Scrivi il contrario di ogni aggettivo scegliendo tra le parole date.

Esempio
old ➞ young

poor • beautiful • happy • true • fast • easy • empty • expensive • clean • bad

  1. difficult ......................................................................................................
  2. cheap .........................................................................................................
  3. sad .............................................................................................................
  4. full ..............................................................................................................
  5. ugly .............................................................................................................
  6. false ............................................................................................................
  7. dirty ............................................................................................................
  8. rich ............................................................................................................
  9. good ........................................................................................................
  10. slow ..........................................................................................................

Esempio
old ➞ young

poor • beautiful • happy • true • fast • easy • empty • expensive • clean • bad

  1. difficult ......................................................................................................
  2. cheap .........................................................................................................
  3. sad .............................................................................................................
  4. full ..............................................................................................................
  5. ugly .............................................................................................................
  6. false ............................................................................................................
  7. dirty ............................................................................................................
  8. rich ............................................................................................................
  9. good ........................................................................................................
  10. slow ..........................................................................................................
Soluzioni
  1. easy
  2. expensive
  3. happy
  4. empty
  5. beautiful
  6. true
  7. clean
  8. poor
  9. bad
  10. fast
Livello A2 Plurale dei sostantivi

Scrivi il plurale dei seguenti sostantivi.

Esempio: club ➞ clubs

  1. toy ..................................................................................
  2. glass ..............................................................................
  3. radio ..............................................................................
  4. beach ............................................................................
  5. thief ...............................................................................
  6. cliff ................................................................................
  7. box ................................................................................
  8. wife ...............................................................................
  9. leaf ................................................................................
  10. city .................................................................................

Esempio: club ➞ clubs

  1. toy ..................................................................................
  2. glass ..............................................................................
  3. radio ..............................................................................
  4. beach ............................................................................
  5. thief ...............................................................................
  6. cliff ................................................................................
  7. box ................................................................................
  8. wife ...............................................................................
  9. leaf ................................................................................
  10. city .................................................................................
Soluzioni
  1. toys
  2. glasses
  3. radios
  4. beaches 
  5. thieves
  6. cliffs
  7. boxes
  8. wives
  9. leaves
  10. cities
Livello A2 Pronomi personali soggetto
Scrivi il pronome corrispondente.
  1. My mother and I (........................................................)
  2. My schoolmates (........................................................)
  3. My little cousin Fred (........................................................)
  4. My school (........................................................)
  5. My doctor (........................................................)
  6. My grandmother (........................................................)

  7. My favourite sport (........................................................)

  8. Mary and you (........................................................)

  9. My colleagues and I (........................................................)

  1. My mother and I (........................................................)
  2. My schoolmates (........................................................)
  3. My little cousin Fred (........................................................)
  4. My school (........................................................)
  5. My doctor (........................................................)
  6. My grandmother (........................................................)

  7. My favourite sport (........................................................)

  8. Mary and you (........................................................)

  9. My colleagues and I (........................................................)

Soluzioni
  1. My mother and I (we)
  2. My schoolmates (they)
  3. My little cousin Fred (he)
  4. My school (it)
  5. My doctor (he)
  6. My grandmother (she)
  7. My favourite sport (it)
  8. Mary and you (you)
  9. My colleagues and I (we)
Livello A2 Pronomi personali soggetto
Scrivi il pronome personale corretto in fondo alle frasi.

Esempio: It’s in her office (Mary). She

  1. We are at home (The boys). ...........................................................
  2. It is at school (Paul). ...........................................................
  3. They are on holiday (Ann and I). .................................................
  4. She is black (My new T-shirt). .......................................................
  5. Excuse me. Are he Mr Rogers? .................................................
  6. We are my friends (Ann and Sara). ..........................................
  7. He is my bag. ...........................................................
  8. Are we your students, Mrs Rogers? (Luke and Sam) ...........................................................
  9. Today he is very cold! ...........................................................

Esempio: It’s in her office (Mary). She

  1. We are at home (The boys). ...........................................................
  2. It is at school (Paul). ...........................................................
  3. They are on holiday (Ann and I). .................................................
  4. She is black (My new T-shirt). .......................................................
  5. Excuse me. Are he Mr Rogers? .................................................
  6. We are my friends (Ann and Sara). ..........................................
  7. He is my bag. ...........................................................
  8. Are we your students, Mrs Rogers? (Luke and Sam) ...........................................................
  9. Today he is very cold! ...........................................................
Soluzioni
  1. We are at home (The boys). They
  2. It is at school (Paul). He
  3. They are on holiday (Ann and I). We
  4. She is black (My new T-shirt). It
  5. Excuse me. Are he Mr Rogers? You
  6. We are my friends (Ann and Sara). They
  7. He is my bag. It
  8. Are we your students, Mrs Rogers? (Luke and Sam) They
  9. Today he is very cold! It
Livello A2 Plurale dei sostantivi

Scrivi il singolare o il plurale dei seguenti sostantivi.

Singolare / Plurale

army / armies

scarf / ..........................................

.......................................... / housewives

potato / ..........................................

place / ..........................................

match / ..........................................

toy / ..........................................

brush / ..........................................

sportsman / ..........................................

.......................................... / dresses

disco / ..........................................

zoo / ..........................................

.......................................... / feet

mouse / ..........................................

box / ..........................................

family / ..........................................

.......................................... / jobs

.......................................... / leaves

Singolare / Plurale

army / armies

scarf / ..........................................

.......................................... / housewives

potato / ..........................................

place / ..........................................

match / ..........................................

toy / ..........................................

brush / ..........................................

sportsman / ..........................................

.......................................... / dresses

disco / ..........................................

zoo / ..........................................

.......................................... / feet

mouse / ..........................................

box / ..........................................

family / ..........................................

.......................................... / jobs

.......................................... / leaves

Soluzioni

army / armies

scarf / scarves

housewife / housewives

potato / potatoes

place / places

match / matches

toy / toys

brush / brushes

sportsman / sportsmen

dress / dresses

disco / discos

zoo / zoos

foot / feet

mouse / mice

box / boxes

family / families

job / jobs

leaf / leaves

Livello A2-B1 Interrogativi con wh...?

Scrivi in fondo alle risposte il numero corretto della relativa domanda.

Domande

  1. What is Sue preparing for our lunch today?
  2. Where does bus number 5 go to?
  3. Why aren’t you coming to the pub for a drink with us?
  4. Who is your brother talking to?
  5. Who is the best student in the class?
  6. What company does your father work for?

Risposte

  1. A girl. Her name’s Sara. She studies hard and never fails her tests. (............)
  2. It goes to the station first and then to the airport. (............)
  3. She’s cooking spaghetti bolognese. She knows we love it. (............)
  4. To one of his friends. He’s not from here. (............)
  5. He works for a food company, but he wants to start his own business. (............)
  6. Because I’m working overtime this evening. (............)

Domande

  1. What is Sue preparing for our lunch today?
  2. Where does bus number 5 go to?
  3. Why aren’t you coming to the pub for a drink with us?
  4. Who is your brother talking to?
  5. Who is the best student in the class?
  6. What company does your father work for?

Risposte

  1. A girl. Her name’s Sara. She studies hard and never fails her tests. (............)
  2. It goes to the station first and then to the airport. (............)
  3. She’s cooking spaghetti bolognese. She knows we love it. (............)
  4. To one of his friends. He’s not from here. (............)
  5. He works for a food company, but he wants to start his own business. (............)
  6. Because I’m working overtime this evening. (............)
Soluzioni
  1. A girl. Her name’s Sara. She studies hard and never fails her tests. (5)
  2. It goes to the station first and then to the airport. (2)
  3. She’s cooking spaghetti bolognese. She knows we love it. (1)
  4. To one of his friends. He’s not from here. (4)
  5. He works for a food company, but he wants to start his own business. (6)
  6. Because I’m working overtime this evening. (3)
Livello A2 Articolo a/an: un, uno, una, un'
Scrivi le parole all’interno del gruppo giusto.

umbrella • hill • interesting book • elephant • art gallery • old house • woman • expensive car • uniform • house • window • university • honest man • heir • week • English boy • architect • restaurant • hotel • job • exercise • unique person • apple • couple of minutes • high mountain • young girl • airport • holiday

A

..................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................

An

..................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................

umbrella • hill • interesting book • elephant • art gallery • old house • woman • expensive car • uniform • house • window • university • honest man • heir • week • English boy • architect • restaurant • hotel • job • exercise • unique person • apple • couple of minutes • high mountain • young girl • airport • holiday

A

..................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................

An

..................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................

Soluzioni

A

hill, woman, uniform, house, window, university, week, restaurant, hotel, job, couple of minutes, high mountain, unique person, high mountain, young girl, holiday

An

umbrella, interesting book, elephant, art gallery, old house, expensive shop, honest man, heir, English boy, architect, exercise, apple, airport

Livello A2-B1 Imperativo

Scrivi le seguenti espressioni accanto al loro significato inglese.

vai piano/rallenta • prendine ancora • buone vacanze • esci da qui / va’ via • dormi bene • tocca ferro • buon appetito • fa’ attenzione • sta’ zitto(a)/fa’ silenzio • abbassa il volume • attento dove metti i piedi • fa’ con comodo

1. Look out - fa’ attenzione

2. Mind your step ........................................................................

3. Take your time ........................................................................

4. Have some more ........................................................................

5. Sleep well ........................................................................

6. Touch wood ........................................................................

7. Have a good holiday ......................................................................

8. Enjoy your meal ......................................................................

9. Be quiet ......................................................................

10. Turn down (the volume) ......................................................................

11. Get out of here ......................................................................

12. Slow down ......................................................................

vai piano/rallenta • prendine ancora • buone vacanze • esci da qui / va’ via • dormi bene • tocca ferro • buon appetito • fa’ attenzione • sta’ zitto(a)/fa’ silenzio • abbassa il volume • attento dove metti i piedi • fa’ con comodo

1. Look out - fa’ attenzione

2. Mind your step ........................................................................

3. Take your time ........................................................................

4. Have some more ........................................................................

5. Sleep well ........................................................................

6. Touch wood ........................................................................

7. Have a good holiday ......................................................................